nationalelevatorindustry.org · 2019-08-23 · National Elevator Industry, Inc. CODE & SAFETY...

National Elevator Industry, Inc. CODE & SAFETY OFFICE 4034 North Hampton Brook Drive • Hamburg, New York 14075 • 585.302.0813 • Fax: 585.302.0841

www.neii.org • e-mail: [email protected]

NEII ASSOCIATION HEADQUARTERS 1677 County Route 64 • P.O. Box 838 • Salem, New York 12865-0838 • Phone: 518.854.3100 • Fax: 518-854-3257

NEII and NEII logo – Registered, U.S. Patent and Trademark Office

SUPPLEMENTAL AGENDA

NEII® CENTRAL CODE COMMITTEE July 27-28, 2011

11. Local Elevator Code Issues. (f) Florida (Attachments A and B). (g) Other. 13. Seismic Activities – Louis Bialy.

(a) NEII Seismic Task Group (Attachment C) – Brian Black.

14. Maintenance Control Program Issues (Attachments D, E and F) – Vincent Robibero.

17. ISO Activities – Louis Bialy and Vincent Robibero (Attachments G, H, I and J). 25. Other Business.

(a) Central Code Committee 2012 budget. Attachments A. Florida Building Code revisions B. Florida Building Code Glitch Report C. NEII® Seismic TH strawman D. MCP revision ballot concerns E. Ballot 10-1976 F. Example of traction elevator maintenance G. ISO-TC178_N0750 H. ISO-TC178_N0751 I. ISO-TC178_N0752 J. ISO-TC178_N0753

All interested: I have just been informed by the Building Codes and Standards Office that the 2010 Florida Building Code is projected to go into effect on March 15, 2012. There are a lot of changes that will greatly affect elevators in the State of Florida. The main issue will be the adoption of ASME A17.1, 2007 Edition including the 2008 and 2009 Addenda. Please note that here will be no revision to 1.2.1; so ASME A17.7 will become a referenced document. ASME A18.1, 2008 Edition, and ASCE 24, 2005 Edition (for construction in flood hazard areas) will also be adopted. Major changes are also found in Chapter 30 covering elevators. For the changes that will be in the 2010 FBC, please go to: http://www.dca.state.fl.us/fbc/thecode/Materials_for_June2011_Hearing.htm You will see "2010 FBC Glitch Amendments - Outcome" scroll down to the bottom of the webpage to find a table titled "2010 Draft Florida Building Code as of December 31, 2010" New elevator requirements will be a combination of the IBC 2009 in the second column, which will be revised by the "FBC Supplement by Subcode to the 2009 I-Codes" in the left column.he 2009 I-Codes In the FBC Supplement by Subcode to the 2009 I-Codes, you will find the changes to the FBC. Items highlighted in yellow are items that are different than the International Building Code. Items struck-through are those being deleted from the 2007 FBC including Addenda (strike-through's have a horizontal line through the wording - but they do not go through my email); and wording that is underlined has been added. After the above two documents, there are additional changes in the Glitch Amendments found in the second table from the top of this webpage titled: "2010 Florida Building Code - Glitch Supplement" The elevator chapter is Chapter 30, and the adoption of Codes is in Chapter 35 under the "Building" section of each document. (the Building section is in the top row of each table). Let me know if you have any questions regarding any of these changes. Lee Lee Rigby, President Vertical Assessment Associates 8830 Freedom Road Tallahassee FL 32305 Ph 850-210-0401 Fax 850-210-0085 Cell 850-294-1070 www.verticalassessment.com

ATTACHMENT A Page 1 of 14

http://www.dca.state.fl.us/fbc/thecode/Materials_for_June2011_Hearing.htm

http://www.verticalassessment.com/

2007 Florida Specific Requirements Supplement Plus 2007 Glitch Amendments Building Volume

C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling-2.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 10:31:00 AM

249

Section 2801 General 2801.1 Scope. Change to read as shown. 2801.1 Scope. Mechanical appliances, equipment and systems shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Mechanical and the Florida Building Code, Fuel Gas. Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the Florida Building Code, Mechanical and Chapter 21 of this code. Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems Section 2901 General 2901.1. Scope. Change to read as shown. 2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the Florida Building Code, Plumbing shall govern the erection, installation, alteration, repairs, relocation, replacement, addition to, use or maintenance of plumbing equipment and systems. Plumbing systems and equipment shall be constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Plumbing. Section 2902 Minimum Plumbing Fixtures. Change to read as shown. Section 2902 Minimum Plumbing Fixtures. Reserved Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems Section 3001 General 3001.1 Scope. Change to read as shown.

3001.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design, construction, installation, alteration, and repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying systems and their components.

Note: Other administrative and programmatic provisions may apply. See the Department of Business and Professional Regulation [DBPR] Chapter 399, Florida Statutes, and 61C-5, Florida Administrative Code. The regulation and enforcement of the following sections of the adopted codes, and their addenda, are preempted to the Bureau of Elevator Safety of the Department of Business and Professional regulation: ASME A17.1, Part 8, ASME A17.3, Sections 1.2, 1.5, ASME A18.1, Part 10.

[3468]

3001.2 Referenced standards. Change to read as shown.




250

3001.2 Referenced standards. Except as otherwise provided for in this code, the design, construction, installation, alteration, repair and maintenance of elevators and conveying systems and their components shall conform to ASME A17.1/CSA B44, ASME A17.1S, ASME A17.3 and ASME A18.1, ASME A90.1, ASME B20.1, ALI ALCTV, and ASCE 24-05 for construction in flood hazard areas.

The Division of Hotels and Restaurants may grant exceptions, variances and waivers to the Elevator Safety Code as authorized by the Elevator Safety Code Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators (ASME A17.1, Section 1.2) and Florida Statutes (Chapter 120.)

[3468] 3001.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

3001.3 Accessibility. Passenger elevators are required to be accessible by Chapter 11. shall conform to ICC A117.1.

[3468] 3001.5 Design, installation and alteration of elevators. Add to read as shown.

3001.5 Design, installation and alteration of elevators.

3001.5.1 Each new elevator shall comply with the Florida Elevator Safety Code that was in effect at the time of receipt of application for the construction permit for the elevator.

3001.5.2 Each alteration to, or relocation of, an elevator shall comply with the Florida Elevator Safety Code that was in effect at the time of receipt of the application for the construction permit for the alteration or relocation.

3001.5.3 All existing elevators shall comply with ASME A17.3

[3468] 3001.6 Add to read as shown. 3001.6 As used in this chapter, the term: ALTERATION. Any change or addition to the vertical conveyance other than maintenance, repair or replacement.

ALTERATION. Any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement.

[3468]




251

CERTIFICATE OF OPERATION means a document issued by the department which indicates that the conveyance has had the required safety inspection and tests and that fees have been paid as provided in this Chapter 399, FS. CONVEYANCE. An elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, moving sidewalk, platform lift and stairway chairlift. DEPARTMENT. For the purpose of this section, means the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. DIVISION. For the purpose of this section, means the Division of Hotels and Restaurants of the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. ELEVATOR. One of the following mechanical devices: (a) A hoisting and lowering mechanism, equipped with a car and platform that moves in guide rails and serves two or more landings to transport material or passengers or both. (b) An escalator, which is a power-driven, inclined continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers. (c) A dumbwaiter, which is a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car of limited size which moves in guide rails and serves two or more landings. (d) A moving walk, which is a type of passenger-carrying device on which passengers stand or walk and in which the passenger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction of motion and is uninterrupted. (e) An inclined stairway chairlift, which is a device used to transport physically handicapped persons over architectural barriers. (f) An inclined or vertical wheelchair lift, which is a device used to transport wheelchair handicapped persons over architectural barriers. Exceptions: Personnel hoists and material hoists within the scope of ASME A10. Man lifts within the scope of ASME A90.1. Mobile scaffolds, towers, and platforms within the scope of ANSI A92. Powered platforms and equipment for exterior and interior maintenance within the scope of ASME A120.1. Conveyors and related equipment within the scope of ASME B20.1. Cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks and slings within the scope of ASME B30. Industrial trucks within the scope of ASME B56. Portable equipment, except for portable escalators that are covered by this code. Tiered or piling machines used to move materials to and from storage located and operating entirely within one story. Equipment for feeding or positioning materials at machine tools and printing presses. Skip or furnace hoists. Wharf ramps. Railroad car lifts or dumpers. Line jacks, false cars, shafters, moving platforms and similar equipment used for installing an elevator by a contractor licensed in this state. Automated people movers at airports. Elevators in television and radio towers. Hand-operated dumbwaiters. Sewage pump station lifts. Automobile parking lifts.




252

Equipment covered in Section 1.1.2 of the Elevator Safety Code ASME A17.1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.

[3468] Elevators, inclined stairway chairlifts, and inclined or vertical wheelchair lifts located in private residences. ESCALATOR. An installation defined as an escalator in the Florida Building Code. EXISTING INSTALLATION. An installation defined as an “installation, existing” in the Florida Building Code. PRIVATE RESIDENCE. A separate dwelling or a separate apartment in a multiple dwelling which is occupied by members of a single family. Section 3002 Hoistway Enclosures Section 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher, revise text to read as follows: 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more stories below, grade plane, or where the rise exceeds 25 feet, at least one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24-inches by 76-inches (610 mm by 1950 mm) with not less than 5-inch radius corners in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoistway door frame. 3002.9 Add to read as shown. 3002.9 Automatic fire alarm initiating devices shall be located and installed in accordance with ASME A 17.1 and NFPA 72. Section 3004 Hoistway Venting 3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Change to read as shown. 3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Where mechanical ventilation conforming to the International Florida Building Code, Mechanical Code is provided, a reduction in the required vent area is allowed provided that all of the following conditions are met: 1. The occupancy is not in Group R-1, R-2, I-1 or I-2 or of a similar occupancy with overnight sleeping units. 2. The vents required by Section 3004.2 do not have outside exposure. 3. The hoistway does not extend to the top of the building. 4. The hoistway and machine room exhaust fan is automatically reactivated by thermostatic means. 5. Equivalent venting of the hoistway is accomplished. [3463]




253

Section 3005 Conveying Systems 3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. Change to read as shown.

3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. Personnel and material hoists shall be designed utilizing an approved method that accounts for the conditions imposed during the intended operation of the hoist device. The design shall include, but is not limited to, anticipated loads, structural stability, impact, vibration, and stresses and seismic restraint. The design shall account for the construction, installation, operation and inspection of the hoist tower, car, machinery and control equipment, guide members and hoisting mechanism. Additionally, the design of personnel hoists shall include provisions for field testing and maintenance which will demonstrate that the hoist device functions in accordance with the design. Field tests shall be conducted upon the completion of an installation or following a major alteration of a personnel hoist.

[3466] Section 3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators 3008.2 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The building shall have an approved fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 404 of the International Florida Fire Prevention Code. The fire safety and evacuation plan shall incorporate specific procedures for the occupants using evacuation elevators. [3471] Section 3009 Elevator Accessibilty Requirments for the Physically Handicapped. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3009 ELEVATOR ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED

1.3009.1 In a building having any elevators that do not provide access to every floor level, elevator hallway call buttons on all main levels of ingress and on any floor that is commonly served by more than one group of elevators must be marked with Arabic and braille symbols that indicate floor levels to which access is provided. The symbols must be placed directly above each call button.

2.3009.2 Each elevator car interior must have a support rail on at least one wall. All support rails must be smooth and have no sharp edges and must not be more than 1½ inches (38 mm) thick or 2½ inches (63 mm) in diameter. Support rails must be continuous and a minimum length of 42 inches (1067 mm) overall.

The inside surface of support rails must be 1½ inches (38 mm) clear of the car wall. The distance from the top of the support rail to the finished car floor must be at least 31 inches (787 mm) and not more than 33 inches (838 mm). Padded or tufted material or decorative materials such as wallpaper, vinyl, cloth or the like may be not be used on support rails.




254

1.3009.3 A bench or seat may be installed on the rear wall of the elevator car enclosure, if the bench or seat does not protrude beyond the vertical plane of the elevator car enclosure wall when folded into a recess provided for the bench or seat and, when not in use, the bench or seat automatically folds into the recess. The bench or seat must be capable of supporting a live load of at least 250 pounds (113.4 kg) on any 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) area. A padded, tufted or other decorative material may not be used to cover the bench or seat; or may the bench or seat encroach on the minimum clear inside-car dimensions specified in this section.

This section applies only to elevators available for the transportation of the public. This section does not apply to elevators restricted by key or similar device to a limited number of persons in a building that has an elevator that otherwise meets the requirements of this section or to elevators used only for the transportation of freight. However, elevators that are used as freight and passenger elevators for the public and employees must comply with this section. This section does not apply to dumbwaiters or escalators.

This section supersedes all other state regulations and local ordinances and rules affecting the accessibility of passenger elevators to the physically handicapped, and the standards established by this section may not be modified by municipal or county ordinance.

[3472] Section 3010 Serial Numbers. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3010 SERIAL NUMBERS

3010.1 Serial numbers. Each elevator shall have a serial number assigned by the division or authority having jurisdiction painted on or attached to the elevator car in plain view and also to the driving mechanism. This serial number shall be shown on all required certificates and permits.

3010.1.1. Certificates of operation must be posted in a conspicuous location in the elevator and shall contain the text of Section 823.12, Florida Statutes relating to the prohibition against smoking in elevators. The certificate must be framed with a transparent cover.

3010.1.2. In addition to Item 3, t The designation “NO SMOKING” along with the international symbol for no smoking shall be conspicuously displayed within the interior of the elevator in the plain view of the public.

3010.1.3. The following ASME A17.1, rule is hereby amended to read as follows:




255

a. Rule 2.29.1 amend to add the following to the rule: "Each car in a multicar group shall be sequentially identified from left to right, as viewed from the elevator lobby."

b. Rule 2.7.3.1 of the ASME A17.1, which is amended to read as follows: “Rule 2.7.3.1 General Requirements. A permanent, safe and convenient means of access to elevator machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be provided for authorized persons. The key to the machine rooms and overhead machinery spaces shall be kept on the premises at all times and readily available for use by State of Florida certified Elevator Inspectors.”

c. Rule 3.11.3 of ASME A17.3 is amended to read as follows:

NOTE: Updates to the Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators ASME A17.1 and ASME A17.3 which require Phase II Firefighters’ Service shall apply except where section 399.02(9) Florida Statute states Phase II Firefighters' Service on elevators may not be enforced until July 1, 2015, or until the elevator is replaced or requires major modification, whichever occurs first, on elevators in condominiums or multifamily residential buildings, including those that are part of a continuing care facility licensed under chapter 651, or similar retirement community with apartments, having a certificate of occupancy by the local building authority that was issued before July 1, 2008. This exception does not prevent an elevator owner from requesting a variance from the applicable codes before or after July 1, 2015. This subsection does not prohibit the division from granting variances pursuant to s. 120.542, Florida Statute. (A1)

[3473 A6] c. Rule 2.27.8 Switch Keys, of ASME A17.1, is amended to read as follows: “The switches required by Rule 211.2 through 211.5, for all elevators in a building, must be operable by the same keys. This key must not be part of a building master key system. There must be a key for the designated level switch and for each elevator in the group. These keys must be kept on the premises at all times in a location readily accessible to authorized personnel, and state elevator inspectors, but not where the key is available to the general public. NOTE: (RULE 2.27.8): Local authorities may specify a uniform keyed lock box to contain the necessary keys.” d. Rule 6.1.6.1 Starting Switch of ASME A17.1, is amended to read as follows: “Starting switches must be of the key-operated type and must be located so that the escalator steps are within sight. Automatic starting by any means is prohibited. The key for the starting switches must be kept on the premises at all times in a location readily available to authorized personnel and state elevator inspectors, but not where the key is available to the general public.” e. Rule 2.2.2.4 Drains connected directly to sewers shall not be installed in elevator pits. Where drains are not provided to prevent the accumulation of water, a sump of adequate size and depth to accommodate a pump shall be provided, with or without a pump.




256

Section 3011 Electrolysis Protection for Underground Hydraulic elevator Cylinders. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3011 ELECTROLYSIS PROTECTION FOR UNDERGROUND HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR CYLINDERS 3011.1 Electrolysis protection for underground hydraulic elevator cylinders. All newly installed underground hydraulic pressure cylinders shall be encased in outer plastic containment to minimize electrolytic corrosion between the metal cylinder and ground cathode.

1.3011.1.1 The plastic casing shall be capped at the bottom, and all joints must be solvent or heat welded to ensure water tightness.

2.3011.1.2 The plastic casing shall be constructed of polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The plastic pipe wall thickness must not be less than 0.125 inch (3.175 mm).

3.3011.1.3 The neck of the plastic casing shall have a means of inspection provided to monitor the annulus between the pressurized hydraulic cylinder and the protective plastic casing.

4.3011.1.4 Replacements of existing hydraulic cylinders shall be protected by the aforementioned method where existing physical dimensions permit.

(3476 A1) Section 3012 Bulletin Boards. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3012 BULLETIN BOARDS

3012.1 Bulletin boards.

1.3012.1.1 Bulletin boards and frames used in elevator cars shall not create any conditions which will be unsafe for users of the elevator car. Users shall include:

a. Disabled persons;

b. Persons confined to wheelchairs; and

c. All other persons who may operate the elevator car in its normal course of use.




257

2.3012.1.2 Bulletin boards shall not protrude more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) beyond the vertical line of the car wall. They shall not encroach on any clearances required to be maintained in the elevator by Chapter 399, Florida Statutes, and ASME A17.1.

3.3012.1.3 Bulletin boards shall be framed and all edges must be smooth and rounded. No sharp edges of any kind shall protrude.

4.3012.1.4 A glass or plastic cover shall be provided. Glass, if used, must meet the following requirements:

a. Be laminated;

b. Meet the requirement for laminated glass as set forth in ANSI Z97.1;

c. The cover shall be securely held in place by the frame.

5.3012.1.5 The frame and bulletin board shall be permanently fastened to the car wall in such a manner so that all parts including the cover in place will withstand any and all tests required of the elevator.

6.3012.1.6 All materials used shall be fire resistive equal to the requirements of the cab enclosure.

7.3012.1.7 The bottom of the bulletin boards shall not be less than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the cab floor, and the total area shall not exceed 4 square feet (0.37 m2).

[3477] Section 3013 Alterations to Electric and Hydraulic Elevators and Escalators. Add to read as shown. SECTION 3013 ALTERATIONS TO ELECTRIC AND HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS 3013.1 Alterations to electric and hydraulic elevators and escalators. 1. In addition to the alterations set forth in Rule 8.10.3.3.2 and Rule 8.10.2.3.2 ASME A17.1, the following alterations require, in addition to a construction permit, that inspections and tests be performed to determine conformance with ASME A17.1, rules cited below:

ALTERATIONS Electric Elevators Hydraulic Elevators (a) Addition of elevator to existing hoistway (new installation)

8.7.2.1.2 8.7.2.1.2

(b) Brake (replacements of existing drive, machine brake by a new brake)

2.24 —

(c) Buffer (addition of oil buffer) 8.7.2.23 8.7.2.27 (d) Driving machine (replacement of) 8.7.2.25.1 8.7.3.23




258

(e) Freight elevator converted to passenger service

8.7.2.16.1 8.7.3.27

(f) Rope, replacement in size or number of ropes

8.6.2.5 8.6.2.5

(g) Sheave, driving machine (replacement in size)

8.7.2.25.1 8.7.2.25.1

2. The following alterations require, in addition to a construction permit, that inspections be

performed to determine conformance with ASME A17.1, rule cited below: ALTERATIONS Electric Elevators Hydraulic Elevators

(a) Access Switch (addition of) (b) Automatic transfer device (addition of) (c) Car, door or gate (addition of car door or gate electric contacts)

8.7.2.11.4, 8.7.7.2 8.7.2.14

8.7.3.11, 8.7.7.2 8.7.3.13

(d) Car enclosure 8.7.2.14 8.7.3.13 (e) Car leveling device (addition of) and (trucking device)

8.7.2.27.2 8.7.3.31.2

(f) Control 8.7.2.27.5 8.7.3.31.6 (g) Control equipment 8.7.2.27 8.7.3.31 (h) Controller (existing controller w/new) (excluding dispatching device) (i) Counterweight (change of)

8.7.2.27.4 8.7.3.23

8.7.3.31.5 8.7.3.26

(j) Increase in travel (or decrease) 8.7.2.17.1 8.7.3.22.1 (k) Door, hoistway (replacement of all hoistway doors)

8.7.2.10 8.7.3.10

(l) Escalator, relocation of 8.7.6.1 — (m) Escalator, skirt (switches addition of safety device)

6.1.6 —

(n) Freight elevator permitted to carry passengers

8.7.2.16.3 8.7.3.19

(o) Guide rails (change in type or size) 8.7.2.24 8.7.3.28 (p) Hoistway door, power operation of (addition of)

8.7.2.12 8.7.3.12

(q) Hoistway door locking device (addition of) 8.7.2.11 8.7.3.11 (r) Operation, change in type of 8.7.2.27.6 8.7.3.31.7 (s) Platform, car (complete replacement of) 8.7.2.15.1 8.7.3.14 (t) Roller guide shoe, counter-weight and car (addition of)

8.7.2.22 8.7.2.22

(u) Rope equalizer (addition of) 8.7.2.21.2 8.7.3.25.2 (v) Rope fastening device, auxiliary (addition of)

8.7.2.21.3 8.7.2.21.3

(w) Tank (replacement of) (with different capacity)

— 8.7.3.29

(x) Top of car operating device (addition of) 8.7.2.27.1 8.7.3.31.1




259

Alterations set forth in Part 8, ASME A17.1 to include any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement; require an elevator construction permit, along with documented performance of inspections and tests to determine conformance with ASME A17.1. A repair or replacement of equipment, parts, components or subsystems that requires inspection, tests and independent witnessing in other sections of ASME A17.1 and A18.1 shall also require an elevator construction permit, in accordance with Section 105, Florida Building Code, Building.

[3861] Chapter 31 Special Construction Section 3102 Membrane Structures 3102.1 General. Change to read as shown. 3102.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to air-supported, air-inflated, membrane-covered cable and membrane-covered frame structures, collectively known as membrane structures, erected for a period of 180 days or longer. Those erected for a shorter period of time shall comply with the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Membrane structures covering water storage facilities, water clarifiers, water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants, greenhouses and similar facilities not used for human occupancy, are required to meet only the requirements of Sections 3102.3.1 and 3102.7. Membrane structures erected on a building, balcony, deck or other structure for any period of time shall comply with this section. 3102.7 Engineering design. Change to read as shown. 3102.7 Engineering design. The structure shall be designed and constructed to sustain dead loads; loads due to tension or inflation; live loads including wind, snow or flood and seismic loads and in accordance with Chapter 16. Section 3103 Temporary Structures 3103.1 General. Change to read as shown. 3103.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to structures erected for a period of less than 180 days. Tents and other membrane structures erected for a period of less than 180 days shall comply with the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Those erected for a longer period of time shall comply with applicable sections of this code. Exception: Provisions of the Florida Fire Prevention Code shall apply to tents and membrane structures erected for a period of less than 180 days. Section 3105 Awnings and Canopies 3105.1 Change to read as shown.



C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 9:04:00 AM

283

419.4.2.2.6, 420.4.2.2.6, 423.4.7, 423.9.1, 423.25.4, 423.28.2.6.4, 1514.4, 1605.1, 1605.2.2, 1605.3.1.2, 1605.3.2, 1608.1, 1608.3, 1608.3.4, 1608.3.5, 1608.4, 1608.5, 1608.6, 1608.7, 1608.8, 1608.9, 1609.1.1, 1609.1.4.1, Table 1609.3.1, 1609.4, 1609.7.3, 1612.1.3, 1612.2, 1614.1, 1615.1, 1615.2, 1618.4.8, 1618.9, 1619.1, 1619.2.1, 1619.2.2, 1620.1, 1621.1, 1622.1.1, 1626.1, 2002.6

8—02 Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Stainless Steel Structural Members 1604.3.3, 2209.1, 2214.3 Add to read as shown. 11 Guidelines for Structural Condition Assessment of Existing Buildings 1920.3, 2003.2, 2214.3 Add to read as shown. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. 1791 Tullie Circle NE Atlanta, GA 30329-2305 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number 52.1—92 Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General

Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter ASHRAE Handbook—HVAC Applications Table 420.3.13.7

62—01 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality Table 420.3.13.7 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers Three Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5990 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number Change to read as shown. A 17.1/CSA B44—07 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a in 2008 Addenda 1607.8.1,

3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3002.5, 3003.2, 3007.1, 3008.3, 3008.11.5, 308.14.1, 3008.1, 3010.1, 3011.1 (3519 A3)

Add to read as shown. A17.1S-05 Supplement to Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 3001.2 (3519 A3) A 17.3—96 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.5 Change to read as shown. A18.1—03 A18.1—08 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts

3001.1, 3001.2 Delete text to read as follows: ASME Add to read as shown. A 120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6 B 18.6.1-97 Wood Screws (Inch Series) 1506.6



C:\Users\BDBLAC~1\AppData\Local\Temp\Florida_supplement_to_2009IBC_with_recmendfinalfiling.doc Last printed 7/20/2011 9:04:00 AM

284

A17.1 - 1990 ...........................................................11-4.10

A17.1----(2004) Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a-in- 2005 Addenda

A90.1 - 03 Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts 3001.2

A120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6

B20.1 - 2003 Safety Standard for Conveyors and related equipment 3001.2, 3005.3

(3519 A3) ASTM ASTM International 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number 01760—76 Standard Specification for Pressure Treatment of Timber Products Table 1823 A 6/A 6M— 04a Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel, Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and

Sheet Piling 2214.3 A 29 Standards for General Requirements for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars 1827.1 A 252—98(2002) Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles 1809.3.1, 1810.6.1, 1826.1.5.3 A 306 Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements 1827.1 A 325—94 Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat-Treated, 120/105 Ksi Minimum Tensile Strength

2214.3 A 361 Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Withdrawn) 2319.17.1.1 A 421/A 421M—02 Specification for Uncoated Stress-Relieved Steel Wire for Prestressed Concrete 1922.4.2, 2103.11.6 A 446 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural

(Physical) Quality 1917.4.4 A 490—93 Specification for Heat-Treated, Steel Structural Bolts, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 2214.3 A 525—87 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip

Process 1917.4.4, 2214.3, 2517.2, 2517.5.1, 2517.5.4 A570/A570M-98 Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled (withdawn) 1826.1.5.3 A 611 Standard Specification for Structural Steel (SS), Sheet, Carbon, Coil-Rolled 1826.1.5.3, 1917.4.4 A 615/A 615M—04a Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 1908.1.8, 1920.2, 1920.4, 1922.4.6, 2103.11.1, 2103.11.6 A616/A616M-96a Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

(withdrawn) 1922.4.6


2010 Florida Building Code, Building Glitch Supplement

Chapter 1 - ADMINISTRATION 101.4.7 Accessibility Change to read as shown. 101.4.7 Accessibility. For provisions related to accessibility, refer to Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility . [CA4598] 102.2.5 add to read as shown. 102.2.5 (a) Each enforcement district shall be governed by a board, the composition of which shall be determined by the affected localities. (b)1. At its own option, each enforcement district or local enforcement agency may adopt promulgate rules granting to the owner of a single-family residence one or more exemptions from the Florida Building Code relating to: a.(a) Addition, alteration, or repairs performed by the property owner upon his or her own property, provided any addition or alteration shall not exceed 1,000 square feet or the square footage of the primary structure, whichever is less. b.(b) Addition, alteration, or repairs by a nonowner within a specific cost limitation set by rule, provided the total cost shall not exceed $5,000 within any 12-month period. c.(c) Building and inspection fees. 2. However, the exemptions under subparagraph 1. do not apply to single-family residences that are located in mapped flood hazard areas, as defined in the code, unless the enforcement district or local enforcement agency has determined that the work, which is otherwise exempt, does not constitute a substantial improvement, including the repair of substantial damage, of such single-family residences. 3. Each code exemption, as defined in sub-subparagraphs 1.a, b., and c. paragraphs (a), (b), and (c), shall be certified to the local board 10 days prior to implementation and shall only be effective in the territorial jurisdiction of the enforcement district or local enforcement agency implementing it. [CA4824]

104.11.3 Accessibility. Revise to read as shown.

ATTACHMENT B Page 1 of 123

104.11.3 Accessibility. Alternative designs and technologies for providing access to and usability of a facility for persons with disabilities shall be in accordance with Section 11.2.2. provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[CA4599]

Chapter 2 – DEFINITIONS 202 – Revise the following definitions to read as shown.

ACCESSIBLE. See Section 11-3.5. theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.

ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. See Section 11-3.5. theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility

Accessible Unit. Reserved.See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

Dwelling unit or sleeping unit, type A. Reserved. See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

Dwelling unit or sleeping unit, type B. Reserved. See the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. Reserved..See theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.

Wheelchair space. Reserved. ..See theFlorida Building Code, Accessibility.

[S4678]

DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Reserved. See Section 1702.1.

DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. Reserved. See Section 1908.1.1

MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

ORTHOGONAL. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. Reserved. See Section 1613.2.

SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. Reserved. See Section 1908.1.1.

[S4658]


FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. See Section 702.1. A combination of a fire door, a frame, hardware, and other accessories, installed in a horizontal plane, which together provide a specific degree of fire protection to a through opening in a fire rated floor.

[S4659] WIND-BORNE DEBRIS IMPACT RESISTANT PRODUCTS – Change to read as shown.

WIND-BORNE DEBRIS IMPACT RESISTANT PRODUCTS. Those products meeting TAS 201, TAS 202 and TAS 203, or ASTM E 1886 or and ASTM E 1996, or AAMA 506, or SSTD 12, or ANSI/DASMA 115. [S4660] Chapter 3 – USE & OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION 304.1 – 304.3 - Change to read as shown.

SECTION 304

BUSINESS GROUP B

304.1 Business Group B. No change..

304.2 Public and private colleges and universities shall comply with Section 443.

304.3Sections 423(1) and 423(2) are applicable to community Florida colleges shall comply with Section 423.

[SP4764, CA4765]

305 – Change to read as shown.

SECTION 305

EDUCATIONAL GROUP E


305.1 Educational Group E. No change.

305.2 Public and private educational occupancies shall comply with Section 443.

305.3 Public education occupancies shall comply with Section 423.

[SP4764, CA4765]

Chapter 4 – Special Detailed Requirements

403.1.1 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

403.1.1 Accessibility. For accessibility provisions related to Group B and R occupancies, refer to Sections 11-5, 11-7, 11-9, and 11-11 the applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .

[CA4683]

406.2.2 Clear height. Change to read as shown.

406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm). Vehicle and pedestrian areas accommodating van-accessible parking shall be in accordance with Chapter 11. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .

[CA4684] 412.3.6 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

412.3.6 Accessibility. Accessibility Sshall be in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11.

[CA4661] 419.1.2 – Change to read as shown.


419.1.2 A change of ownership of an existing licensed hospital or a change to an existing hospital’s license or a change to a functional use in an existing hospital that does not require new physical plant or design revisions or changes shall not require compliance with this Section. [SP4822] 419.4.2.2.6 – Change to read as shown.

419.4.2.2.6 New light standards and their foundations used for lighting the on-site emergency access route shall be designed to meet the wind load criteria of the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7), 50-year recurrence interval of wind velocity with wind speeds determined from Figure 26.5-1B with appropriate exposure category dependent on site location.

[SP4662] 420.4.2.1 Space standards – add to read as follows: 420.4.2.1 Space standards. 420.4.2.1.1 For planning purposes, each new facility shall provide a minimum of 30 net square feet (2.79 m2) per resident served in the occupied resident area(s). The number of residents to be served is to be determined by the facility administration. 420.4.2.1.2 As determined by the facility, space for administrative and support activities shall be provided for use by facility staff to allow for care of residents in the occupied resident area(s). 420.4.2.1.3 As determined by the facility, space shall be provided for all staff and family members of residents and staff. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 420.4.2.2.6 – Change to read as shown.

420.4.2.2.6 New light standards and their foundations used for lighting the on-site emergency access route shall be designed to meet the wind load criteria as described in the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE 7), 50-year recurrence interval of wind velocity with wind speeds determined from Figure 26.5-1B with appropriate exposure category dependent on site location.

[SP4663] 420.4.2.6.2 - add to read as follows: All occupied resident areas and resident support areas shall be supplied with sufficient HVAC as determined by the facility to ensure the health, safety and well being of all residents and staff during and immediately following a disaster. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH


421.3.12 Fire alarm systems. Delete as shown.

421.3.12.1 A fire alarm annunciator panel shall be provided per facility or building at a location that is constantly attended during the facility's hours of operation and shall annunciate a fire alarm from any manual or automatic fire alarm device. The panel shall indicate the zone of actuation of the alarm, and there shall be a trouble signal indicator. Each smoke compartment shall be annunciated as a separate fire alarm zone. A fire alarm system zone shall not include rooms or spaces in other smoke compartments and shall be limited to a maximum area of 22,500 square feet (2090 m2).

[SP4842] 421.3.13 – 421.3.13.7 - delete as shown.

421.3.13 Emergency electric system.

421.3.13.1 A Type 1 essential electrical system shall be provided in ambulatory surgical centers as described in NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities. The emergency power for this system shall meet the requirements of a Level 1, Type 10, Class 8 generator as described in NFPA 110, Emergency Standby Power Systems.

421.3.13.2 In new construction, the normal main service equipment shall be separated from the emergency distribution equipment by locating it in a separate room. Transfer switches shall be considered emergency distribution equipment for this purpose.

421.3.13.3 Switches for critical branch lighting shall be totally separate from normal switching. The devices or cover plates shall be of a distinctive color. Critical branch switches may be adjacent to normal switches. Switches for life safety lighting are not permitted except as required for dusk-to-dawn automatic control of exterior lighting fixtures.

421.3.13.4 There shall be selected life safety lighting provided at a minimum of 1 footcandle (10 lux) and designed for automatic dusk-to-dawn operation along the travel paths from the exits to the public way or to safe areas located a minimum of 30 feet (9.144 m) from the building.

421.3.13.5 A minimum of one elevator serving any patient treatment floor shall be in compliance with Section 421.3.5 of this code and shall be connected to the equipment branch of the essential electric system and arranged for manual or automatic operation during loss of normal power.

421.3.13.6 If a day tank is provided, it shall be equipped with a dedicated low level fuel alarm and a manual pump. The alarm shall be located at the generator derangement panel.

421.3.13.7 Transfer switch contacts shall be of the open type and shall be accessible for inspection and replacement.

[SP4841]


423.10.2.8.7 – Change to read as shown.

423.10.2.8.7 Accessible parking. Parking spaces designated for persons with disabilities shall comply with the ADA,Chapter 11of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility, Building, and Section 316.1955, Florida Statutes.

[SP4687]

423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. - Change to read as shown.

423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Category III (Essential Buildings). Openings withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.

423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Risk Category IV III (Essential Buildings). Openings shall withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per ASTM E-1886 and, ASTM E-1996, or SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.

[SP4665]

423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria – Change to read as shown.

423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria. The building enclosure, including walls, roofs, glazed openings, louvers and doors, shall not be perforated or penetrated by a flying object. For walls and roofs, the missile criteria are is as provided in ASTM E-1886 and, ASTM E-1996, or SBC/SSTD 12.

[SP4664]

423.27.4 Accessibility. – Change to read as shown.

423.27.4 Accessibility. All relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board after the effective date of these standards shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as modified by Chapter 553, Florida Statutes, Chapter 11Florida Building Code, Accessibility, Building. Relocatables


intended for use at facilities housing up to grades 5 or 6, shall also conform to the federal criteria Accessibility Standards for Children's Environments, which is available from the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.

[SP4688]

423.1-423.27.20 Change to read as shown.

SECTION 423

STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES

[Note: Section 423 (IBC 09) Storm Shelters was moved to Section 442 of this Chapter to maintain formatting. Enhanced Hurricane Protection Areas (EHPA) requirements for public educational facilities are found in Section 423.25.]

423.1 Scope: Public educational facilities. Public educational facilities shall comply with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. These are minimum standards; boards may impose more restrictive requirements. Additional requirements for public educational facilities in Florida, including public schools and public Florida colleges, are found in these standards.

Note: Other administrative and programmatic provisions may apply. See Department of Education Rule 6-2 and Chapter 1013, Florida Statutes.

423.2 Public schools and Florida colleges general requirements.

423.2.1 Owner. Each school board and Florida college board of trustees is deemed to be the owner of facilities within its respective jurisdiction. Boards shall provide for enforcement of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, including standards for health, sanitation, and others as required by law.


423.2.2 Exemption from local requirements. All public educational and ancillary plants constructed by a school board or a Florida college board are exempt from all other state, county, district, municipal, or local building codes, interpretations, building permits, and assessments of fees for building permits, ordinances, road closures, and impact fees or service availability fees as provided in Section 1013.37(1)(a), Florida Statutes.

423.3 Code enforcement.

423.3.1 School boards and Florida college boards. Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, provides options for plan review services and inspections by school boards and Florida college boards.

423.3.2 Owner review and inspection. A school board or Florida college board which undertakes the construction, remodeling, renovation, lease, or lease-purchase of any educational plant or ancillary facility, or day labor project, regardless of cost or fund source, shall review construction documents as required by law in Section 1013.38, Florida Statutes, and Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, and shall ensure compliance with requirements of law, rule, and the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, states that district school boards and Florida college boards shall provide for plan review and inspections for their projects. They shall use personnel certified under Part XII of Chapter 468, Florida Statutes to perform the plan reviews and inspections or use one of the options provided in Section 1013.38, Florida Statutes. Under this arrangement, school boards and Florida college boards are not subject to local government permitting, plan review, and inspection fees.

423.3.3 Local government review and inspection. As an option to the owner providing plan review and inspection services, school boards and Florida college boards may use local government code enforcement offices who will not charge fees more than the actual labor and administrative costs for the plan review and inspections. Local government code enforcement offices shall expedite permitting. Any action by local government not in compliance with Section 553.80(6), Florida Statutes, may be appealed to the Florida Building Commission, which may suspend the authority of that local government to enforce the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal on the facilities of school boards and Florida college boards.


423.3.4 Other regulatory agencies. Boards shall coordinate the planning of projects with state and regional regulatory and permitting agencies, as applicable. Other state or local agencies may inspect new construction or existing facilities when required by law; however, such inspections shall be in conformance with the code as modified by this section.

423.3.5 Day labor projects. Any one construction project estimated to cost $300,000 or less where bonafide board employees or contracted labor provide the work. Day labor projects are subject to the same Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as new construction.

423.3.6 Routine maintenance. Maintenance projects are subject to the same Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as new construction. Chapter 489, Florida Statutes, exempts boards from the use of a licensed general contractor for projects up to $300,000 where bonafide board employees provide the work. Maintenance projects estimated to cost more than $300,000 and which include construction, renovation and/or remodeling, shall be reviewed for compliance with the code.

423.3.7 Certificate of occupancy. New buildings, additions, renovations, and remodeling shall not be occupied until the building has received a certificate of occupancy for compliance with codes that were in effect on the date of permit application.

423.3.8 Reuse and prototype plans shall be code updated with each new project.

423.4 Reference documents. School Boards and Florida College Boards of Trustees. In addition to complying with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, and other adopted standards and this section, public educational facilities and sites shall comply with applicable federal and state laws and rules.

423.4.1 Rule 6-2 [State Requirements for Educational Facilities (SREF) ]. A Florida Department of Education document which includes required design standards, standards for rehabilitation of historical resources, capital outlay project process requirements, and various agencies having jurisdiction during project planning and construction.

423.4.2 Flood Resistant Construction. Educational facilities in flood hazard areas shall comply with ASCE 24.


423.4.3 Florida statutes and state rules. Including, but not limited to, Chapters 1013, 240, 255, 468, 471, 481, 489, 553, 633, and Section 287.055, Florida Statutes, and various state rules as applicable to specific projects.

423.4.4 Accessibility requirements for children's environments. U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.

423.4.5 Handbook for public playground safety. Playgrounds and equipment shall be designed and installed using the Handbook for Public Playground Safety by the U. S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, and the ASTM/CPSC Playground Audit Guide as applicable.

423.4.6 ANSI Z53.1. American National Standard Safety Color Code for marking Physical Hazard s, is used in shops where machinery requires marking and safety zones.

423.4.7 ASCE 7. American Society of Civil Engineers.

423.4.8 Life Cycle Cost Guidelines for Materials and Buildings for Florida's Public Educational Facilities, available from the Department of Education, Bureau of Educational Facilities shall be considered.

423.5 Definitions.

423.5.1 "Assembly" occupancies are buildings or portions of buildings used for gatherings of 50 or more persons, such as auditoriums, gymnasiums, multipurpose rooms, classrooms and labs, cafeterias, stadiums, media centers and interior courtyards. Assembly occupancies include adjacent and related spaces to the main seating area, such as stages, dressing rooms, workshops, lobbies, rest rooms, locker rooms, and store rooms. School board and Florida college facilities shall follow the requirements of Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal for assembly spaces.


423.5.2 "Board" means a district school board and a Florida college board of trustees.

423.5.3 "Boiler" is a fuel-fired, heat-producing appliance with a minimum input capacity of (60,000) Btu per hour and intended to supply hot water or steam. Boilers and the inspection of boilers shall comply with the Boiler Safety Act of 1987.

423.5.4 "Certificate of occupancy" is documentation issued by an authority having jurisdiction which indicates inspection and approval of completion of a construction project pursuant to the requirements of Florida law.

423.5.5 "Courtyard" is a court or enclosure adjacent to, or surrounded by, a building(s) and/or walls.

423.5.5.1 "Exterior courtyard" is a courtyard which is not roofed, has a minimum width of 40 feet (1219 mm), and

a. has an opening a minimum width of 40 feet (1219 mm), with no obstructions, on at least one end, or

b. has fences between the buildings for security purposes, and the required exiting capacity of the courtyard is provided for by means of doors or gates from the courtyard.

An exterior courtyard may be considered exterior space and used for exiting of adjacent spaces. For an exterior courtyard with an opening between 40 feet (1219 mm) and 60 feet wide (18 288 mm), the building walls and wall openings must meet the requirements of Florida Building Code, Building Tables 601 and 602 and the maximum travel to the courtyard opening/exit shall not exceed 150 feet (45,720 mm) from any point within the courtyard. If the minimum courtyard width exceeds 60 feet (18 288 mm), the travel distance to a courtyard opening/exit may exceed 150 feet (945 720 mm).

423.5.5.2 "Enclosed courtyard" is a courtyard which is not roofed by more than 50 percent of the courtyard area and which is substantially surrounded by a building(s) on two sides or more


and each opening to the exterior is less than 40 feet (1219 mm) in width. The courtyard area shall be calculated for maximum occupancy as an assembly space and the number and size of remotely located exits shall be calculated for the maximum possible load. The maximum possible load is the greater of the calculated capacity of the courtyard or the load imposed by the surrounding spaces. An enclosed courtyard may be used as a component of exit access provided that the walls and wall openings meet the requirements of Florida Building Code, Building Tables 601 and 602 and the maximum travel to the exit discharge does not exceed 150 feet (45 720 mm) from any point within the enclosed courtyard. An enclosed courtyard cannot serve as the exterior for exiting or for emergency rescue openings.

423.5.5.3 "Roofed courtyard" is a courtyard which is roofed by more than 50 percent of the courtyard area in any manner. Courtyards may be used for assembly spaces and may not be used as a component of exiting from adjacent spaces.

423.5.6 "Facility" is additionally defined as follows:

423.5.6.1 "Ancillary facility" is a building or other facility necessary to provide district-wide support services, such as an energy plant, bus garage, warehouse, maintenance building, or administrative building.

423.5.6.2 "Ancillary plant" is buildings, site, and site improvements necessary to provide district-wide vehicle maintenance, storage, building maintenance activities, or administrative functions necessary to provide support services to an educational program.

423.5.6.3 "Auxiliary facility" consists of the support spaces located at educational facilities and plants which do not contain student stations but are used by students, such as libraries, administrative offices, and cafeterias.

423.5.6.4 "Educational facility" consists of buildings and equipment, structures, and special educational use areas that are built, installed, or established to serve primarily the educational purposes and secondarily the social and recreational purposes of the community.


423.5.6.5 "Educational plant" comprises the educational facilities, site, and site improvements necessary to accommodate students, faculty, administrators, staff, and the activities of the educational program.

423.5.6.6 "Existing facility" is a facility owned, rented or leased.

423.5.6.7 "Leased facility" is a facility not owned, but contracted for use.

423.5.6.8 "Permanent facility" is a facility designed for a fixed location.

423.5.6.9 "Relocatable/portable facility" is a building which is designed with the capability of being moved to a new location.

423.5.6.10 "Modular facility" is a structure which, when combined with other modules and/or demountable roof and/or wall sections, forms a complete building. This facility may be relocatable.

423.5.7 "Maintenance and repair" is the upkeep of educational and ancillary plants including, but not limited to, roof or roofing replacement, short of complete replacement of membrane or structure; repainting of interior or exterior surfaces; resurfacing of floors; repair or replacement of glass and hardware; repair or replacement of electrical and plumbing fixtures; repair of furniture and equipment; replacement of system equipment with equivalent items meeting current code requirements providing that the equipment does not place a greater demand on utilities, structural requirements are not increased, and the equipment does not adversely affect the function of life safety systems; traffic control devices and signage; and repair or resurfacing of parking lots, roads, and walkways. Does not include new construction, remodeling, or renovation, except as noted above.

423.5.8 "New construction" is any construction of a building or unit of a building in which the entire work is new. An addition connected to an existing building is considered new construction.


423.5.9 "Open plan building" is any building which does not have corridors defined by permanent walls and is entirely open or divided by partitions which may be easily rearranged.

423.5.10 "Open plan instructional space" is an arrangement of two or more class areas with no permanent partitions or wall separations.

423.5.11 "Owner" of facilities within a repective jurisdiction consists of each school board and Florida college board of trustees is deemed to be the owner of facilities within its respective jurisdiction.

423.5.12 "Permit" for construction is documentation issued by an authority having jurisdiction which indicates approval of construction plans prepared pursuant to the requirements of Florida law.

423.5.13 "Remodeling" is the changing of existing facilities by rearrangement of space and/or change of use. Only that portion of the building being remodeled must be brought into compliance with the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal unless the remodeling adversely impacts the existing life safety systems of the building.

423.5.14 "Renovation" is the rejuvenating or upgrading of existing facilities by installation or replacement of materials and equipment. The use and occupancy of the spaces remain the same. Only that portion of the building being renovated must be brought into compliance with the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal unless the renovation adversely impacts the existing life safety systems of the building.

423.5.15 "Separate atmosphere" is the individual volumes of air in a building which are divided by smoke proof barriers to limit contamination of the air by smoke and fumes during a fire.

423.5.16 "Separate building" for the purpose of separate fire alarm systems or sprinkler systems is a structure separated from other buildings by 60 feet (18 288 mm) or more, or as required by other sections of this code.


423.5.17 Florida college is a public community college, public college, state college, or public junior college.

423.5.18 "Student-occupied space" is any area planned primarily for use by six or more students.

423.6 Administration of public education projects.

423.6.1 Occupancy during construction. School board and Florida college board facilities, or portions of facilities, shall not be occupied during construction unless exits, fire detection and early warning systems, fire protection, and safety barriers are continuously maintained and clearly marked at all times. Construction on an occupied school board site shall be separated from students and staff by secure barriers. Prior to issuance of the notice to proceed, a safety plan shall be provided by the contractor which clearly delineates areas for construction, safety barriers, exits, construction traffic during the various phases of the project and when conditions change. Where heavy machinery, as is used for earth moving or scraping, is required to work on a school board's occupied site, the work shall be separated from occupants by secure double barriers with a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) in between. New construction, remodeling or renovations in existing facilities shall not reduce the means of egress below the requirements for new buildings; safe means of egress from a student-occupied space may be accomplished as authorized by NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code. New construction (additions) shall not block or reduce safe means of egress.

423.6.2 Contractor toxic substance safety precautions. When hazardous chemicals as defined by 29 CFR 1910.1200, OSHA Hazard Communication Standard are to be used during the maintenance, renovation, remodeling, or addition to an existing facility, the contractor shall notify the administrator in writing at least three working days before any hazardous chemical is used. The notice shall indicate the name of each of the hazardous chemicals to be used, where and when they will be used, and a copy of a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous chemical. The contractor shall comply with the safety precautions and handling instructions set forth in the MSDS. Copies of hazardous waste manifests documenting disposal shall be provided to the facility's administrator who will notify occupants of the anticipated presence of toxic substances during the maintenance, renovation, remodeling, or addition to an existing facility.

423.6.3 Flammable or explosive substances. No flammable or explosive substances or equipment shall be introduced during a remodeling or renovation project in a facility of normally low or ordinary hazard classification while the building is occupied.


423.7 Life safety.

423.7.1 Separate exits. In assembly occupancies, each required exit must exit into a separate atmosphere or to the exterior, to be considered as a separate exit.

423.7.2 Exit access. Exit access shall not be through a toilet room, storage room, or similar space, or any space subject to being locked.

423.7.3 Location of fire extinguishers and blankets. Fire extinguishers may be located inside student-occupied spaces provided they are placed adjacent to the primary exit door, and the room door remains unlocked when the facility is occupied, and a permanently affixed sign, with a red background and white letters, reading "FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSIDE" is placed on the outside adjacent to the door. Fire extinguisher cabinets shall not be locked. Fire blankets shall be located in each laboratory and each shop where a fire hazard may exist. Fire extinguishers and fire blankets shall be readily accessible and suitable for the hazard present and shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. Extinguishers and blankets shall be on hangers or brackets, shelves, or cabinets so that the top of the extinguisher or blanket is not more than 54 inches (1318 mm) above finish floor (AFF) and complies with state and federal accessibility requirements. All extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA. Extinguishers shall remain fully charged and operable at all times and have a current tag to indicate compliance.

423.7.4 Common fire alarm. Buildings within 60 feet (18 288 mm) of each other shall have a common fire alarm system. Emergency shelters shall have the fire alarm panel located in the space identified as the shelter manager's office.

423.7.5 Fire alarm sending stations. Sending stations may be located inside student-occupied spaces, adjacent to the primary exit door only if the door to the occupied space is unlocked at all times while the facility is occupied. When located inside a student occupied space, a permanently affixed sign reading "FIRE ALARM PULL STATION INSIDE" shall be placed outside that space adjacent to the door. This sign shall have a red background with white letters. Sending stations shall be mounted to meet accessibility requirements.


423.7.6 Automatic shut off. The fire alarm system shall shut off gas and fuel oil supplies which serve student-occupied spaces or pass through such spaces. The shutoff valve shall be located on the exterior at the service entrance to the building. The shutoff valve shall be of the manual reset type.

423.7.6.1 Kitchen gas supplies. Kitchen gas supplies shall be shut-off by activation of the kitchen hood fire suppression system. The shut-off valve shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

423.7.6.2. Emergency power. The fire alarm system shall not shut off gas supplies which serve emergency power sources.

423.7.7 Unoccupied rooms and concealed spaces. Rooms or spaces for storage, custodial closets, mechanical rooms, spaces under stages with wood structures and other unoccupied or unsupervised spaces in a building shall have automatic fire alarm system detector devices installed. Any concealed space with exposed materials having a flame spread rating greater than Class A, including crawl spaces under floors, interstitial spaces between ceiling and floor or roof above and attic spaces, shall be equipped with heat detector devices. Smoke and heat detector devices shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 72.

423.7.7.1 Fully sprinklered buildings. In fully sprinklered buildings, fire alarm detection devices are not required except where specified in the Florida Fire Prevention Code.

423.7.8 Boiler rooms. Each boiler room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by one hour fire rated construction or shall be separate from other buildings by 60 feet (18 288 mm), and shall have an out-swinging door opening directly to the exterior. A fire door swinging into the boiler room shall also be provided for any opening into the interior of the building. There shall be no opening into any corridor or area designed for use by students.

423.8 General requirements for new construction, additions, renovation, and remodeling.

423.8.1 Codes and standards. Educational facilities owned by school boards and Florida college boards shall meet the construction requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire


Marshal, state and federal laws and rules, and this section for Florida's public educational facilities for new construction, remodeling and renovation of existing facilities. This is a minimum standard; boards may impose more restrictive safety and level of quality standards for educational, auxiliary, and ancillary facilities under their jurisdiction, provided they meet or exceed these minimum requirements.

423.8.1.1 Educational occupancy. School board educational facility projects whether owned, lease-purchased or leased shall comply with the educational occupancy and assembly occupancy portions of the above referenced codes as applicable, except where in conflict with this section. The support spaces such as media centers, administrative offices and cafeterias and kitchens located within educational facilities are not separate occupancies.

423.8.1.2 Business occupancy. Florida college board educational facility projects whether owned, lease-purchased or leased shall comply with the business occupancy and the assembly occupancy of the above referenced codes as applicable, except where in conflict with this section.

423.8.1.3 Ancillary facility. School board and Florida college board ancillary facilities such as warehouses or maintenance buildings, shall use the applicable occupancy section of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Ancillary facilities on educational plant sites shall be separated from the educational facility as required by code.

423.8.2 Space standards. School board and Florida college board facility sizes shall use standards in the "Size of Space and Occupant Design Criteria Table" found in the Department of Education document, "State Requirements for Educational Facilities (SREF)." Exiting from occupied spaces shall comply with Table 1004.1.2 of the Florida Building Code, Building.

423.8.3 Construction type. School board and Florida college buildings including auxiliary, ancillary and vocational facilities shall comply with the following:

423.8.3.1 Noncombustible Type I, II or IV. The minimum construction type for one- and two-story public educational facilities shall be noncombustible Type I, II or IV construction or better.


423.8.3.1.1 Interior nonload-bearing wood studs or partitions shall not be used in permanent educational and auxiliary facilities or relocatable buildings.

Exception: Historic buildings to maintain the fabric of the historic character of the building.

423.8.3.2 Type I. Facilities three stories or more shall be Type I construction.

423.8.3.3 Type IV. When Type IV construction is used, wood shall be exposed and not covered by ceilings or other construction.

423.8.3.4 Exceptions to types of construction:

1. Covered walkways open on all sides may be Type V construction.

2. Single story dugouts, press boxes, concession stands, related public toilet rooms, detached covered play areas, and nonflammable storage buildings that are detached from the main educational facility by at least 60 feet (1829 mm), may be Type V construction.

423.8.4 Standards for remodeling and/or renovation projects. Portions of buildings being remodeled and/or renovated shall be brought into compliance with current required Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal as required by the plan review authority in its best judgment.

423.8.4.1 An automatic fire sprinkler system is not required in existing educational buildings unless 50 percent of the aggregate area of the building is being remodeled.

423.8.5 Leased facilities. Leased facilities shall be brought into compliance with applicable occupancy requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standard s as adopted by the State Fire Marshal prior to occupancy.


423.8.6 Asbestos prohibited. The federal Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act, (AHERA) 40 CFR, Part 763, as revised July 1, 1995, prohibits the use of any asbestos containing materials in any public education construction project and requires certification of same by the architect of record.

423.8.7 Life cycle cost guidelines for materials and building systems. An analysis shall be included, as required by Section 1013.37(1), Florida Statutes, which evaluates building materials and systems, life cycle costs for maintenance, custodial, operating, and life expectancy against initial costs, as described in Section 1013(1)(e)4, Florida Statutes. Standards for evaluation of materials are available from the department in a publication entitled Life Cycle Cost Guidelines for materials and Building Systems for Florida's Public Educational Facilities.

423.8.8 Safe school design. School boards should design educational facilities and sites including pre-K through 12, vocational and Florida colleges to enhance security and reduce vandalism through the use of "safe school design" principles. Safe school design strategies are available from DOE/educational facilities and include but are not limited to the following:

423.8.8.1 Natural access and control of schools and campuses.

423.8.8.2 Natural surveillance of schools and campuses both from within the facility and from adjacent streets by removing obstructions or trimming shrubbery.

423.8.8.3 School and campus territorial integrity; securing courtyards, site lighting, building lighting.

423.8.8.4 Audio and motion detection systems covering ground floor doors, stairwells, offices and areas where expensive equipment is stored.

423.8.8.5 Designs which will promote the prevention of school crime and violence. Exterior architectural features which do not allow footholds or handholds on exterior walls, tamperproof doors and locks, nonbreakable glass or shelter window protection system; also landscaping and tree placement should be designed so they do not provide access to roofs by unauthorized


persons. Sections of schools commonly used after hours should be separated by doors or other devices from adjacent areas to prevent unauthorized access. Install locks on roof hatches; apply slippery finishes to exterior pipes.

423.8.8.6 Exterior stairs, balconies, ramps, and upper level corridors around the perimeter of buildings should have open-type handrails or other architectural features to allow surveillance.

423.8.8.7 Open areas, such as plazas, the building's main entrance, parking lots, and bicycle compounds should be designed so they are visible by workers at workstations inside the buildings.

423.9 Structural design.

423.9.1 Load importance factor. Structural design shall comply with code requirements and wind loads as stipulated by the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Design shall be based on ASCE 7, with a wind load importance factor for educational facilities of 1.15.

423.10 Site requirements.

423.10.1 Fencing. Fencing for school board educational plants shall be of a material which is nonflammable, safe, durable, and low maintenance, provides structural integrity, strength and aesthetics appropriate for the intended location. Fences shall have no jagged or sharp projections. Fence heights shall be in compliance with local zoning regulations. Access shall be provided for maintenance machinery. Prohibited materials for nonagricultural educational plants include razor wire, barbed wire and electrically charged systems.

423.10.1.1 Required locations. Fencing is required to separate students from potential harm, and shall be provided in the following locations:

423.10.1.1.1 Kindergarten through grade 12. Exposed mechanical, plumbing, gas, or electrical equipment located on ground level.


423.10.1.1.2 Kindergarten through grade 5. Special hazards as identified by the authority having jurisdiction including retention ponds whose permanent water depth or whose water depth over a 24-hour period exceeds 1 foot (305 mm), deep drainage ditches, canals, highways, and play fields adjacent to roadways.

423.10.1.1.3 Kindergarten through grade 12. All child care and kindergarten play areas.

423.10.2 Walks, roads, drives, and parking areas. Walks, roads, drives, and parking areas on educational and ancillary sites shall be paved. Roads, drives, and parking areas shall be in compliance with Department of Transportation (DOT) road specifications and striped in compliance with DOT paint specifications. All paved areas shall have positive drainage.

423.10.2.1 Covered walks. All buildings in K-12 educational facilities shall be connected by paved walks and accessible under continuous roof cover. New relocatable classroom buildings shall be connected to permanent buildings by paved covered walks where applicable. Roofs for covered walks shall extend 1 foot (305 mm) beyond each side of the designated walkway width. Gutters or other water funneling devices shall prevent storm water from pouring onto or draining across walks.

423.10.2.2 Accessible walks and bridges. Accessible walks shall connect building entrance(s) to accessible parking, public transportation stops, public streets, sidewalks, loading and drop-off zones, and other facilities within the site as required by the accessibility standards. School board sites where educational plants are separated by highways shall be connected by overhead pedestrian bridges.

423.10.2.3 Drainage. Soil, grass, and planting beds shall provide positive drainage away from sidewalks, but shall not fall away at more than a 3-percent gradient slope for a minimum distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) from the edge. The location of all drains, grates, drop inlets, catch basins, other drainage elements and curb cuts shall be out of the main flow of pedestrian traffic.

423.10.2.4 Vertical drops. Walls, railings, or other physical barriers which are at least a minimum 12 inches (305 mm) in height, shall define and protect any vertical drop between joining or abutting surfaces of more than 6 inches (152 mm) but less than 18 inches (457 mm) in height. Any vertical drop of 18 inches (457 mm) or more shall be protected by a wall or guardrail a minimum of 42 inches (1067 mm) in height.


423.10.2.5 Roads and streets. Educational and ancillary site access shall consist of a primary road and another means of access to be used in the event the primary road is blocked. Stabilized wide shoulders of the primary road, unobstructed by landscaping, planters, light fixtures, poles, benches, etc., which allow a third lane of traffic, may satisfy the requirement for the other means of access. Driveways shall not completely encircle a school plant, to allow student access to play areas without crossing roads; vehicular and pedestrian traffic shall not cross each other on the site; bus driveways and parent pick-up areas shall be separated.

423.10.2.6 Bus drives. Bus drives on educational sites shall be designed so that buses do not have to back up. The minimum width shall be 24 feet (7315 mm) for two-lane traffic. The turning radius on educational and ancillary sites and for turning off public access streets shall be as follows: one-way traffic, 60 feet (18 288 mm) minimum measured to the outside curb or edge of the traffic lane; two-way traffic, 60 feet (18 288 mm) minimum measured to the centerline of the road.

423.10.2.7 Vehicle parking areas. Vehicle parking areas shall comply with minimum parking space requirements in this section. Except for parking space requirements to meet federal and state accessibility laws, where alternate transportation or parking arrangements are available the parking area requirements may be reduced from these standards if sufficient justification documentation is provided and if the review authority approves the reduction based on the justification. Over- flow parking areas may utilize alternative parking surfaces which facilitate water absorption rather than runoff when approved for use by the review authority. This requirement usually applies to a percentage of the parking spaces, not all of them.

Exception: Accessible parking spaces shall be hard surface.

423.10.2.8 Minimum parking requirements.

423.10.2.8.1 Faculty and staff. One space for each member.

423.10.2.8.2 Visitors. One space for every 100 students.

423.10.2.8.3 Community clinics where provided. Ten spaces, including one accessible space.


423.10.2.8.4 High schools. One space for every 10 students in grades 11 and 12.

423.10.2.8.5 Vocational schools. One space for every two students.

423.10.2.8.6 Florida colleges. One space for every two students.

423.10.2.8.7 Accessible parking. Parking spaces designated for persons with disabilities shall comply with the ADA, Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Building, and Section 316.1955, Florida Statutes.

423.10.3 Site lighting required. Design, construction, and installation of exterior security lighting for educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided for:

423.10.3.1 Auto, bus, and service drives and loading areas.

423.10.3.2 Parking areas.

423.10.3.3 Building perimeter.

423.10.3.4 Covered and connector walks between buildings and between buildings and parking.

423.10.3.5 Lighting for parking areas. Parking area lighting standards shall be designed to withstand appropriate wind loads. Parking areas shall be illuminated to an average maintained horizontal footcandle, measured at the surface as follows:


423.10.3.5.1 Parking areas-1 footcandle (10 lux).

423.10.3.5.2 Covered and connector walks-1 footcandle (10 lux).

423.10.3.5.3 Entrances/exits -2 footcandles (20 lux).

423.10.3.6 Building exteriors. Building exteriors, perimeters, and entrances may be illuminated to the minimum number of footcandles, measured at the surface with a suggested uniformity ratio of 2:1 as follows:

423.10.3.6.1 Entrances-5 footcandles (50 lux).

423.10.3.6.2 Building surrounds-1 footcandle (10 lux).

423.10.3.7 Shielding. Exterior lighting shall be shielded from adjacent properties.

423.10.4 Building setbacks. Building setbacks from the property line, including relocatables, shall, at a minimum, be 25 feet (7620 mm) or shall comply with local setback requirements if less than 25 feet (7620 mm).

423.10.5 School board playgrounds, equipment, and athletic fields. Playgrounds, equipment, and athletic fields shall be accessible, compatible with the educational facility served and shall comply with the following:

423.10.5.1 Kindergarten play areas shall be separated from other play areas, fenced, and shall be directly accessed from the kindergarten classrooms.


423.10.5.2 Playgrounds and equipment shall be designed and installed using the Handbook for Public Playground Safety by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, and the ASTM/CPSC Playground Audit Guide as applicable, resulting in facilities which are safe, structurally sound, verminproof, and do not have jagged or sharp projections.

423.10.5.3 Direct access from the school buildings shall be provided to play areas and athletic fields without crossing public roads, on-site traffic lanes, and parking lots.

423.10.5.4 Related facilities such as toilets, concessions, storage, shower and locker rooms, bleachers, press boxes, observation platforms, scoreboards, and dugouts shall be designed to meet code requirements and the occupant capacity anticipated for the program.

423.10.5.5 Playgrounds shall be evenly graded and sloped to provide surface drainage.

423.10.6 Exterior signage. All permanent and free-standing exterior signs shall be designed to withstand appropriate wind loads. Illuminated signs shall comply with the electrical and installation requirements of the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal.

423.10.6.1 Site signage shall not create visual barriers at entrances, sidewalks, roads or road intersections.

423.10.6.2 Accessible routes, including parking, building directories, building identification, and accessible entrances shall be marked by exterior signage in conformance with federal and state accessibility laws.

423.10.7 Landscaping. Refer to Section 1013.64(5), Florida Statutes, for school board and Florida college requirements. Xeriscape is defined in Section 373.185, Florida Statutes.

423.10.8 Water irrigation systems shall be equipped with soil moisture sensors that will override the irrigation systems cycle when soil contains sufficient moisture.


423.10.9 Transmission line right-of-way. Buildings, play areas, and common use areas shall not be located within a high-voltage power transmission line right-of-way.

423.10.10 School site master plan. New schools planned after the effective date of these standards shall include, as applicable: facility design capacity; floodplain locations; covered accessible walks; infrastructure locations for, and extensions of, technology, telephone, electricity, fire alarm; and, where applicable, water and sewer utilities, and relocatables.

423.11 Wood: fire-retardant treated wood (FRTW). FRTW shall not be used in permanent educational facilities.

Exception: Only FRTW which does not contain ammonium phosphates, sulfates, or halides, may be used in roof structures of noncombustible Type II ancillary facilities as allowed by the Florida Building Code, but only under the following conditions:

423.11.1 Fire-retardant treated wood. All FRTW must meet the requirements of Section 2303.2.

423.11.2 Inspection access panels shall be provided for annual inspection of the condition of the structure and the connectors.

423.11.3 Evidence of compliance shall be provided.

423.12 Roofing.

423.12.1 Class A materials. All roofing materials shall be labeled Class A per ASTM E108 and shall be certified by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory. All roofing systems shall be installed within the limitations of the test procedure for surfacing, deck cross slope, and combustibility.


423.12.2 Insulation and moisture protection. Insulation, moisture protection, roofing, thermal requirements, fireproofing and firestopping shall be designed and constructed in compliance with the the Florida Building Code and Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. Cellulose insulation may only be used if it is treated with fire-retardant borate based chemicals; the contractor shall retain bag labels on site for review by building inspector.

423.12.3 Phased installation prohibited. All new installed materials shall be sealed from moisture penetration at the end of each day. The contractor shall provide the architect/engineer (A/E) of record a "final statement of compliance" for the board.

423.12.4 Manufacturer's one-year inspection. The roof shall be inspected by the manufacturer's representative within one year of acceptance by the board.

423.13 Doors and windows.

423.13.1 Doors. All spaces with an occupant load of six or more students, regardless of use, shall have a door opening directly to the exterior, or as required in the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, in buildings of three stories or less shall have a rescue window opening directly to the exterior, or shall be fully sprinklered. All doors and gates from spaces with an occupant load of six or more students, regardless of use or location, shall swing in the direction of exit travel, shall be of the side hinged type, and shall always be operable from the inside by a single operation and without a key.

423.13.1.1 Doors for steam rooms, locker rooms, shower rooms and group toilet rooms shall swing in the direction of exit travel, and shall always be operable for exiting from the inside.

423.13.1.2 No mirrors, draperies, curtains, equipment, furnishings, decorations, or other objects which may confuse, obstruct, or conceal the exit or the direction of exit shall be placed to obstruct a means of egress.


423.13.2 Recessed. Doors when fully opened shall not extend into the required exit width of corridors, except for door thickness and required hardware. Doors may either be recessed and hinged to swing 90 degrees, or if flush with corridor wall shall contain a view panel and be hinged to swing 180 degrees.

423.13.3 Special function doors. Special function doors, including balanced doors and overhead doors, shall not be used in a means of egress.

423.13.4 Overhead and sliding security grilles. Security grilles shall have an adjacent side-hinged door swinging in the direction of exit and readily opened from the inside.

423.13.5 Gates. Gates used to secure buildings or used for egress shall be side-hinged and readily opened from the side from which egress is to be made without the use of a key or special tool, or shall have a adjacent side hinged door, or doors as required for occupant load, swinging in the direction of exit and readily opened from the inside without a key.

423.13.6 Hardware. Doors and gates shall be equipped with hardware which will allow egress at all times without assistance. No padlock, chain, hasp, lock, deadbolt, or other device shall be installed at any time on any door used for exiting. Doors which by code require closers and other doors subject to wind exposure shall be equipped with closers to prevent slamming and uncontrolled opening. All doors opening into smoke-tight exit access corridors shall be self-closing or automatic closing. Smoke doors in walls used to divide corridors into separate atmospheres shall be provided with push-pull plates and are not required to have positive latching. As an exception to Section 1008.1.8.6, delayed egress locks may be used in media centers, alternative education centers, and exceptional student education centers. Delayed egress locks are prohibited at time-out rooms at all locations.

423.13.7 Safety glazing: Panels and storefronts. In addition to the requirements of Section 2406.3, the following is considered a hazardous location and requires safety glazing: Glazed panels within 48 inches (1219 mm) of a door, excluding transoms or vertical panels above 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm).

423.13.7.1 All glazing in hazardous locations shall be safety glazing meeting the requirements of the Florida Building Code, Building, Section 2406.


423.13.7.2 Large glass panels shall be subdivided by a built-in horizontal member or a permanent chair rail not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) in width, located between 24 and 36 inches (610 and 914 mm) above the floor.

423.13.8 Windows.

423.13.8.1 Natural light and ventilation. Natural light and ventilation requirements for new construction shall be satisfied by windows with operable glazing, providing a net free open area equivalent to 5 percent of the floor area, in all classrooms on the perimeter of buildings, where required by Chapter 1013, Florida Statutes. Auxiliary spaces, music rooms, gyms, locker and shower facilities, laboratories requiring special climate control, and large group instructional spaces having a capacity of more than 100 persons need not have operable windows for the purpose of providing natural light and ventilation. Emergency access, emergency rescue, and secondary means of egress windows may be included in the calculation to comply with this requirement.

423.13.8.2 Projecting and awning windows. Projecting and awning windows shall not be located below door head height if in, or adjacent to, a corridor or walkway.

423.13.8.3 Security/storm screens or grills. If a security/storm screen or grille is installed on the outside of an emergency access, rescue or egress window assembly then that security/storm screen or grille together with the emergency rescue window assembly shall be operable from the inside by a single operation without the use of tools to allow for exit under emergency conditions. The emergency rescue window shall be identified by signage, and the release device shall be readily identifiable.

423.14 Special safety requirements.

423.14.1 Master control switch. In addition to the regular main supply cut-off, each laboratory type space (such as biology, industrial, chemistry, physics, home economics, and electronics labs) equipped with unprotected gas cocks, compressed air valves, water or electric services which are easily accessible to students, shall have master control valves or switches with permanently attached handles, located and accessible within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the instructor's station or adjacent to the door within that space to allow for emergency cut-off of services. The cut-offs shall be in a nonlockable place and the location and operation shall be clearly labeled. Valves shall completely shut off with a one-quarter turn. Computer labs are


exempted from this requirement. (Also, see "Emergency shut off switches," and "Emergency disconnects" requirements under "Electrical.")

423.14.2 Interior signage. Signage is required in educational and ancillary facilities. Design, construction, installation, and location of interior signage and graphics shall comply with the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the following:

423.14.2.1 Emergency rescue windows: Windows for emergency rescue shall comply with NFPA 101, Florida Edition, as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, shall be operable from the inside by a single operation, and shall be labeled "EMERGENCY RESCUE-KEEP AREA CLEAR."

423.14.2.2 Maximum capacity signs in each space with a capacity of 50 or more occupants. The signs shall be mounted adjacent to the main entrance door.

423.14.2.3 Room name, room number and, if different, FISH inventory numbers shall be provided for each space.

423.14.2.4 A graphic diagram of primary and emergency evacuation routes shall be posted adjacent to the primary exit door from each space occupied by six or more students. The diagram shall clearly indicate, by contrasting color and number, each route of evacuation.

423.14.2.5 Signs necessary to meet accessibility requirements shall be provided.

423.14.2.6 Hazardous work and storage areas shall be identified by appropriate caution signs.

423.14.3 Other potential hazards. Pipes, ductwork, fans, light fixtures, window projections, protruding sharp corners, or other potential hazards shall not be installed below 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) AFF. Audio/visual aids in classrooms may be mounted below 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) provided they are marked and padded in accordance with accepted safety standards or have permanent cabinets installed below them.


423.14.4 Storage shelving. Shelving shall not have sharp corners, splinters, or any construction feature that would be hazardous to the occupants. Shelving shall be constructed to carry the loads imposed. Shelving in science, labs, and shop storage rooms, and other places which may contain hazardous materials shall have a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) lip on the front edge of each shelf and shall be constructed of noncorrosive material.

423.14.5 Vertical platform lifts and inclined wheelchair lifts. The following standards are in addition to the other requirements of the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements:

423.14.5.1 Lifts shall not reduce the width of required means of egress.

423.14.5.2 Lifts shall have shielding devices to protect users from the machinery or other hazards and obstructions.

423.14.5.3 Lifts shall be key operated for attendant operation in all facilities housing kindergarten to grade 8.

423.14.5.4 Inclined wheelchair lifts may be installed in facilities provided:

423.14.5.4.1 The platform is equipped with bidirectional ramp sensing to stop travel if obstructions are encountered.

423.14.5.4.2 Guide rails are smooth and continuous with no sharp edges or obstructions, all drive system components contain safety features for protection of users, and cables and pulling devices are shielded.

423.14.6 Color code machinery. Working machinery with component parts shall be color-coded per ANSI Z53.1, American National Standard Safety Color Code for marking Physical Hazards. Safety zone lines shall be marked on the floor areas surrounding working machinery.


423.14.7 Anchor equipment. All equipment designed to be permanently mounted shall be securely anchored to its supporting surface.

423.14.8 Interior finishes.

423.14.8.1 Floors. Floors in instructional spaces shall be covered with resilient material or carpet. Floors in gymnasium locker rooms, showers, drying areas, toilet rooms, kitchens, scullerys, food storage areas and can wash areas shall be impervious.

423.14.8.2 Walls. Walls in toilet rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor. Walls in kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, and shower rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor. Toilet and shower partitions shall be impervious.

423.14.8.3 Ceilings. Ceilings in group toilet rooms, kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, showers and locker rooms shall be impervious.

423.15 Mechanical.

423.15.1 Gas and fluid piping.

423.15.1.1 Flammable liquids/gases. Piping systems for flammable liquids or gases shall not be installed in interior corridors or stairwells.

Exception: Piping may be located within corridors provided that they are enclosed in a minimum 1-hour fire-rated enclosure.


423.15.1.2 Piping systems. Piping (fluid system) shall not be run where students can access the pipes, or in areas such as on roofs where they can be damaged by routine or periodic maintenance activities.

423.15.1.3 Main supply valve. The main supply cut-offs for flammable liquids or gases shall shut down upon activation of the fire alarm system. Refer to the automatic shutoff requirements of Section 423.7.6.

423.15.2 Air plenums. Corridors shall not be used as a supply, return, exhaust, relief, or ventilation air plenum. The space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above, if used as a plenum, shall be constructed with the ceiling, floor and walls as a minimum 1-hour fire-rated assembly or as a 1-hour fire-rated horizontal wall supported by the corridor walls.

Exception: A smoke-tight corridor with a solid ceiling may be used in a fully sprinklered building.

423.15.3 Residential equipment. In home economics instructional spaces, faculty lounges, and similar areas where small residential-type ranges are installed for staff use or student education, residential-type hoods mechanically exhausted to the outside shall be used. Hood fire suppression systems are not required to be installed.

423.15.4 Toilet rooms shall be continuously ventilated during building occupancy.

Exception: Individual toilet rooms shall be ventilated continuously during building occupancy or ventilation shall turn off with the light switch and run for at least 10 minutes after the light has been turned off.

423.15.5 Reserved Chemistry laboratories and science classrooms. HVAC systems in chemistry labs and science classrooms shall be designed and installed to ensure that chemicals originating from the space are not recirculated.

Exception: A high capacity emergency exhaust system providing twenty (20) air changes per hour may be used in chemistry laboratories and science classrooms with fume hoods. Positive


ventilation may be provided via doors or windows opening to the exterior. Signs providing operational instructions shall be permanently installed at the emergency exhaust system fan switch and adjacent to the door(s) or window(s) to be opened.

423.15.6 Ventilation air make-up for HVAC systems. Where peak occupancies of less than 3 hours duration occur, the outdoor air flow may be determined on the basis of average occupancy for school buildings for the duration of operation of the air-conditioning system, provided the average occupancy used is not less than one-half the maximum.

423.16 Plumbing.

423.16.1 Standards. Educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided with toilets, hand washing facilities, and drinking fountains for all occupants, in ratios and accessible as required by the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements.

Exception: A single unisex toilet room is allowed where provided in child care, pre-kindergarten through grade 3 and ESE classrooms. Unisex toilets shall not be provided in addition to group toilets in assembly occupancies.

423.16.1.1 Assembly occupancies. Toilet facilities for assembly occupancies (i.e. media centers, gymnasums, cafetoriums, and auditoriums) are not required to be in addition to the overall required plumbing fixture count.

423.16.1.2 Location. Student toilets shall be distributed throughout the facility and located on each floor for convenient access and continuous supervision. The path of travel to the nearest toilet facility shall not exceed a distance of 200 feet.

423.16.2 Teacher toilets. In school board facilities, faculty and staff toilets shall be separate from student toilets.


Exception: Separation of faculty/staff and student toilet facilities is not required for Florida colleges.

423.16.3 Public shelter. Refer to the public shelter design criteria of Section 423.25.

423.16.4 Urinals. Trough urinals shall not be installed in any location.

423.16.5 Floor drains and hose bibbs. All group toilet rooms shall be provided with at least one floor drain and one easily accessible hose bibb. The floor shall be sloped down to the drain. Stall urinals shall not serve as the required floor drains.

423.16.6 Exterior entries. Shielding device. The entry to each group toilet room shall be provided with a door, partition, or other shielding device to block from view the occupants in the toilet room. If a door is provided, it shall have a closer and shall swing out in the direction of exit. Exterior entries to toilet rooms shall have outward swinging doors.

423.16.7 Hot water. When hot water is supplied to showers, handwash sinks, lavatories in toilet rooms, a mixing valve shall be installed to control the temperature which shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).

423.16.8 Delayed closing valves. Water supply at toilet room lavatories shall be controlled by delayed-closing valves.

423.16.9 Shower facilities. Showers shall be provided only where required by the district's educational program and, where provided, shall utilize energy saving concepts for hot water as required by Section 1013.44(2), Florida Statutes . When provided, shower areas shall comply with the following:

423.16.9.1 Floor finish shall be slip resistant.

423.16.9.2 Reserved. Floors shall be drained in such a manner that waste water from any shower head will not pass over areas occupied by other bathers.


423.16.9.3 Reserved. Water shall be heated and the temperature at the shower head shall not exceed 110°F (43°C) nor be less than 95°F (35°C).

423.16.9.4 A master control valve shall be provided to control the shower heads. Showers shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit total flow to a maximum of 3 gpm (-19 L/s) per shower head.

423.16.9.5 Shower heads shall be based on the peak load to be accommodated at one time and provided at the ratio of one shower head for each five students, located a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) apart.

423.16.10 Kitchens. Kitchens and food service areas shall be provided with toilet and hand washing facilities for employees as required by code, state rule and statute.

423.16.10.1 Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed, have self-closing doors, and shall open into vestibules with self-closing doors. Toilet rooms shall not open directly into food preparation areas, serving areas, or dining areas. A minimum of one water closet and one lavatory, with hot and cold water, shall be provided in each staff toilet.

423.16.10.2 Floor drains. Floor drains shall be provided in the food serving area, kitchen area, scullery, garbage and rubbish rooms, and can wash area.

423.16.11 Dousing shower and eye wash. Every science room, lab, or shop where instructors and students handle materials or chemicals potentially dangerous to human tissue shall be provided with a dousing shower and eye wash for emergency use, including a floor drain.

423.16.12 Floor drains and plumbing fixtures in equipment rooms. No floor drain or other plumbing fixture shall be installed in a room containing air handling machinery when such room is used as a plenum. When rooms are used as a plenum, equipment drains shall be conveyed through an indirect waste receptor located outside such rooms or other approved point of disposal.


423.17 Electrical.

423.17.1 Emergency lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided at internal and external means of egress, in student-occupied areas, in group toilets, and main electrical rooms.

423.17.2 Electrical rooms and closets. Main service panels and switches, electrical distribution panels, cabinets, and rooms shall be lockable and not readily accessible to teachers or students.

423.17.3 Spare capacity. Lighting and power panels shall be provided with a minimum of 20-percent spare breakers and a minimum of 10-percent spare capacity in all main panels and switchboards.

423.17.4 Emergency shutoff switches. Every laboratory space which has electrical receptacles at student workstations shall have an emergency shutoff switch within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the instructor's workstation. The emergency shut off switch shall be operable by a single motion and shall interrupt power to all receptacles in the room.

Exception: Emergency shutoff switches are not required in computer laboratories.

423.17.5 Emergency disconnect. Each space equipped with electrically powered machinery accessible to students shall have a minimum of two master emergency disconnect switches at convenient locations within the space to shutoff all power tool outlets, power to student accessible machines and receptacles in the shop. One emergency shutoff or disconnect switch shall be located near the machinery and one emergency shutoff or disconnect switch shall be located in the instructor's office if there is a clear view of the entire shop area, others may be required and located as determined by the authority having jurisdiction. The emergency disconnect or shutoff switch shall be operable by a single motion.

Exception: Ordinary office machines, computers, sewing machines, potter's wheels, residential cooking equipment in home economics labs and other nonhazardous machines do not require emergency disconnect devices.


423.17.6 Sauna and steam rooms. A "panic" switch to deactivate power to heating equipment shall be provided inside sauna and steam rooms. The panic switch shall also be tied into an alarm or other approved warning device in a supervised space in the area of the sauna and/or steam room. The operation of the switch shall be labeled to indicate the intended function.

423.17.7 Lightning. All facilities in high lightning risk areas shall be evaluated using the Risk Assessment Guide in NFPA 780 and other standards which address lightning protection, and shall be protected accordingly.

423.17.8 Ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles. GFI receptacles shall be installed as required by NFPA 70 of Chapter 27 and in the following locations:

1. All elementary special needs classroom receptacles.

2. All building entry vestibule receptacles.

3. All mechanical, boiler and electrical rooms receptacles.

423.18 Assembly occupancies in public educational facilities.

423.18.1 Occupant capacity for egress shall be in accordance with Table 1004.1.1 except as follows:

423.18.1.1 Dressing Rooms. Dressing rooms at 20 net square feet (2 m2) per person.

423.18.1.2 Gymnasium. The number of fixed and telescopic bench-type bleacher seats plus the main court area at 15 gross square feet (1.4 m2) per person, plus locker rooms at 5 net square feet (.5 m2) per person.


423.18.1.3 Classrooms and labs.. If spaces are combined through the use of folding partitions, the capacity and exiting shall be based on the capacity of all the spaces joined.

423.18.1.4 Small Group Areas in Media Centers Small group room or area (view and preview) in Media Centers at 5 net square feet (.5 m2) per person.

423.18.1.5 Closed circuit television production, distribution, and control. The main floor area at 15 net square feet (1.4 m2) per person.

423.18.1.6 Interior courtyards. The interior courtyard area at 15 gross square feet (1.4 m2) per person. Raised, dedicated landscape areas may be deducted.

423.19 Shade and green houses.

423.19.1 General. Shade/green houses shall be of Type I or II construction (metal frame) capable of withstanding the appropriate wind load.

423.19.2 Unrestricted exiting. The location of the shade/green house shall not hinder exiting from new and/or existing structures.

423.19.3 Required doors. A minimum of two doors remotely located shall be provided. Doors shall be side hinged and shall swing in the direction of egress.

423.19.4 Accessibility. Green houses shall meet accessibility requirements. The accessible walkway shall be connected to doors leading to an accessible route to the permanent structure.

423.19.5 Shade cloth. Shade cloth shall be tear-away fabric securely fastened to the structural frame.


423.19.6 Fire extinguisher. A minimum of one Type 2A-10B:C fire extinguisher shall be provided per shade/green house.

423.19.7 Fire alarm. Fire alarm pull stations shall be located within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of any shade or green house. Fire alarm horns mounted on a permanent building must be audible inside the shade/green house.

423.19.8 Space heaters. Space heaters, when provided, shall be mounted at least 6 feet 8 inches (2031 mm) AFF.

423.20 Storage.

423.20.1 General storage. Storage rooms and closets shall not be located over or under exit stairs and ramps whether interior or exterior. General storage space(s) shall be included in every educational facility for the bulk storage of materials, supplies, equipment, and books. Storage rooms shall be separated from mechanical and electrical spaces. Storage spaces shall be mechanically ventilated and conditioned as appropriate for the type of materials to be stored. Sinks located in general storage rooms shall not be used for custodial services.

423.20.2 Custodial work areas and storage. Provide custodial work areas with well supported shelving for supplies, cleaning, and sanitation materials and an office area including male/female lockers and toilet facilities.

423.20.3 Custodial closets and storage. Custodial closets shall be provided with storage shelving and a service sink supplied with both hot and cold water. They shall be located to serve each instructional floor and wing regardless of floor area, and other areas such as stage, kitchen, gym, auditorium, clinic, offices and shops. The travel distance to the nearest custodial closet shall not exceed 150 feet.

423.20.4 Chemical and hazardous materials storage. In addition to the requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as


adopted by the State Fire Marshal for separation and protection, chemical and hazardous storage facilities shall also include:

423.20.4.1 Chemical storage. Rooms used for the storage, handling, and disposal of chemicals used in school and community Florida college laboratories shall be vented to the exterior. The ventilation system shall not be connected to the air-conditioning return air system, and the rooms shall be kept at moderate temperatures. Doors shall be lockable from the outside and operable at all times from the inside. Rooms shall be well illuminated. Cabinets shall have shelves with a 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) lip on the front and shall be constructed of noncorrosive material. When vented to the exterior, chemical storage cabinets shall be mechanically vented in accordance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 91.

423.20.4.2 Hazardous materials storage. Buildings and/or rooms used for the storage, handling and disposal of flammable, poisonous, or hazardous materials or liquids, and equipment powered by internal combustion engines and their fuels shall be separated from adjacent spaces by 1-hour fire-rated assemblies. These requirements also apply to completely detached buildings within 60 feet (18 288 mm) of student-occupied facilities. Doors shall have a C Label and open directly to the exterior. Storage buildings and/or rooms shall be mechanically ventilated. Electrical fixtures, switches, heat detectors and outlets installed in flammable storage rooms shall be explosionproof.

423.21 Child care/day care/prekindergarten facilities.

423.21.1 Child care/day care/prekindergarten facilities located on board-owned property shall comply with Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the specific criteria in this section. Child care/day care/pre-kindergarten facilities requiring a license from another agency may also be required to comply with additional construction requirements imposed by that agency.

423.21.2 Toilet facilities shall meet accessibility requirements and should open into the instructional space. The toilet may be used by both sexes and shall contain a water closet, lavatory and related accessories.

423.21.3 If child care facilities are provided with a bathing area, it shall be within or adjacent to the child care area and shall contain either a shower with hand-held sprayer or a tub. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).


423.21.4 Toilet facilities shall have a non-slip impervious floor and 6-foot (1829 mm) impervious wainscot.

423.21.5 Drinking fountain(s) shall be provided for the children and be within close proximity of the child care facility.

423.21.6 A towel and soap dispenser shall be provided at each sink. Hand wash areas for adults shall be provided with warm water; the water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C). All electrical receptacles shall be placed out of reach of the children.

423.21.7 When provided, a residential-type kitchen shall include a nonslip floor, a refrigerator, a residential range, a residential-type range hood mechanically exhausted to the outside, and a fire extinguisher located within 15 feet (457 mm) of the range within the same room.

423.21.8 Areas designated for children's sleeping mats, cots or cribs shall include a clearly marked exit passageway.

423.21.9 The child care facility shall not contain any storage of cleaning agents, chemicals, or other hazardous materials in student accessible areas.

423.21.10 Outdoor play areas shall be provided and shall be protected from access to streets or other dangers. The play area shall be fenced or walled to a minimum height of 4 feet (1219 mm) and any latches on maintenance gates shall be secured or beyond the reach of the children.

423.21.11 Shade shall be provided in the play area (a covered play area may be provided).

423.21.12 Play equipment shall be firmly anchored, free of sharp corners or pointed surfaces, and shall have cushioning surfaces such as mats or sand beneath.


423.21.13 The grounds shall be free of undergrowth or harmful plant material.

423.22 Clinics.

423.22.1 Clinics in kindergarten through grade 12 (K-12), vocational-technical centers (VTC), and full service schools shall comply with the general criteria found in the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal, as well as the specific criteria found herein. Clinics shall be located and equipped to provide emergency aid to students. Closets and storage cabinets used for medications and bandages shall have locks, and shall be designed to be under constant supervision.

423.22.2 School clinics shall include locked storage, toilet room and shower, and bed space.

423.22.3 Sanitary facilities are required as follows:

423.22.3.1 Elementary school clinics, including kindergarten, shall include at a minimum one accessible toilet room, to serve male and female students, complete with a water closet, lavatory, accessible shower, changing table, and accessories.

423.22.3.2 Secondary and VTC school clinics shall include two accessible toilet rooms complete with water closet, lavatory, accessories and shower.

423.22.3.3 Toilet rooms in clinics shall include both hot and cold water at the showers and all lavatories. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).

423.22.3.4 Toilet rooms shall have exhaust fans vented to the exterior.


423.22.3.5 A working counter top with lavatory/sink and hot water shall be provided in each clinic.

423.22.4 The bed area shall be designed to maintain constant visual supervision from the office. Space for student beds shall be provided in each clinic at 50 square feet (5 m2) per bed. Space for beds in secondary and VTC schools shall be equally divided for male and female students. Beds shall be provided based on student capacity in the following ratios:

423.22.4.1 Up to 500 students-three beds.

423.22.4.2 501 to 1,000 students-four beds.

423.22.4.3 1,001 to 2,000 students-five beds.

423.22.4.4 Over 2,000-six beds.

423.22.5 Full-service school health clinics.

423.22.5.1 Location. Clinics shall be located to provide a direct accessible route from the exterior and from the interior or by a connecting covered walk.

423.22.5.2 Parking. Clinics shall be provided with 10 designated parking spaces immediately adjacent to the clinic, one of which shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.

423.22.5.3 Sanitary facilities. Sanitary facilities are required as follows:


423.22.5.3.1 Full-service school clinics shall include one accessible toilet room for males and one for females, complete with water closet, lavatory, accessories, and shower. Additional toilets may be required for a full-service school clinic depending on occupant load and program.

423.22.5.3.2 Hot and cold water shall be provided at the showers and lavatories. The water temperature shall be controlled by a mixing valve and shall not exceed 110°F (43°C).

423.22.5.3.3 Toilet rooms shall have exhaust fans vented to the exterior.

423.22.5.3.4 A nurses' station shall be provided with a working counter with lavatory/sink and be located so as to maintain visual supervision of the bed area.

423.22.5.4 Locked storage rooms shall be provided for a refrigerator, files, equipment, and supplies.

423.22.5.5 Data outlets shall be provided for computer hook-ups and computer networking and additional electric outlets shall be provided for hearing and vision testing machines.

423.23 Kilns. Kiln rooms and areas shall be provided with adequate exhaust to dispel emitted heat to the exterior, and they shall not be connected to any other exhaust system. Kilns shall not be located near or adjacent to paths of egress or exit and shall be placed in separate rooms when serving students through grade 3. Kiln rooms shall be provided with appropriate smoke/heat detectors connected to the fire alarm system.

423.24 Open plan schools. An open plan building or portion of a building may be subdivided into smaller areas by use of low partitions [maximum 5 feet high (1524 mm)], movable partitions, or movable furnishing, which by location and type do not hinder or obstruct the ability of persons in one area of the plan to be immediately aware of an emergency condition in any other area of the plan. Corridors shall be identified with different color or type of flooring materials, by permanent low partitions or by other means to prevent blockage of the path of egress to exits by partitions or furniture. When open plan schools are partitioned, the work shall conform to the code requirements for new construction. Demountable or movable partitions in open plan classroom areas shall be a maximum of 5 feet (1524 mm) in height and shall terminate a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) from any permanent wall. All circulation openings in open plan


areas shall be a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) wide. Movable furnishings shall not exceed 5 feet (1524 mm) in height and shall have a stable base.

423.25 Public shelter design criteria.

423.25.1 New facilities. New educational facilities for school boards and Florida college boards, unless specifically exempted by the board with the written concurrence of the applicable local emergency management agency or the Department of Community Affairs (DCA), shall have appropriate areas designed as enhanced hurricane protection areas (EHPAs) in compliance with this section.

Exception: Facilities located, or proposed to be located, in a Category 1, 2, or 3 evacuation zone shall not be subject to these requirements.

423.25.1.1 Enhanced hurricane protection areas (EHPA). The EHPA areas shall provide emergency shelter and protection for people for a period of up to 8 hours during a hurricane.

423.25.1.1.1 The EHPA criteria apply only to the specific portions of (K-12) and Florida college educational facilities that are designated as EHPAs.

423.25.1.2 The EHPAs and related spaces shall serve the primary educational or auxiliary use during non-shelter occupancy.

423.25.2 Site. Factors such as low evacuation demand, size, location, accessibility and storm surge may be considered by the board, with written concurrence of the local emergency management agency or the DCA, in exempting a particular facility.

423.25.2.1 Emergency access. EHPAs shall have at least one route for emergency vehicle access. The emergency route shall be above the 100-year floodplain. This requirement may be waived by the board, with concurrence of the local emergency management agency or the DCA.


423.25.2.2 Landscaping. Landscaping around the EHPAs shall be designed to preserve safety and emergency access. Trees shall not conflict with the functioning of overhead or underground utility lines, or cause laydown or impact hazard to the building envelope.

423.25.2.3 Parking. During an emergency condition, vehicle parking shall be prohibited within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of an EHPA. Designated EHPA parking areas may be unpaved.

423.25.2.4 Signage. Floor plans of the facility, indicating EHPAs, shall be mounted in the emergency manager's office/area.

423.25.3 Design. EHPAs may be above or below ground and may have more than one story, provided the design satisfies the wind load and missile impact criteria. Modular and open-plan buildings may serve as EHPAs provided the design satisfies the wind load and missile impact criteria.

423.25.3.1 Excluded spaces. Spaces such as mechanical and electrical rooms, storage rooms, open corridors, kitchens, science rooms and labs, vocational shop areas and labs, computer rooms, attic and crawl spaces shall not be used as EHPAs.

423.25.3.2 Capacity. Fifty percent of the net square feet of a designated educational facility shall be constructed as EHPAs. The net square feet shall be determined by subtracting from the gross square feet those spaces, such as mechanical and electrical rooms, storage rooms, open corridors, kitchens, science rooms and labs, vocational shop areas and labs, computer rooms, attic and crawl spaces that shall not be used as EHPAs. The board, with concurrence of the applicable local emergency management agency or DCA, may adjust this requirement if it is determined to be in its best interest. The capacity of an EHPA shall be calculated at 20 square feet (2 m2) per occupant (adults and children five years or older).

423.25.3.3 Toilets. Toilet and hand washing facilities should be located within the EHPAs and provided at one toilet and one sink per 40 occupants. These required toilet and hand-washing facilities are not in addition to those required for normal school occupancy and shall be included in the overall facility fixture count.


423.25.3.3.1 Support systems for the toilets, e.g., bladders, portable toilets, water storage tanks, etc., shall be capable of supplying water and containing waste, for the designed capacity of the EHPAs.

423.25.3.3.2 Plumbing and valve systems of "normal" toilets within the EHPAs may be designed for conversion to emergency operation to meet the required demand.

423.25.3.4 Food service. Where feasible, include counter tops for food distribution functions in the EHPAs.

423.25.3.5 Manager's office. An administration office normally used by a school administrator shall be identified as the EHPA manager's office and shall be located within the EHPA. The office shall have provisions for standby power, lighting, communications, main fire alarm control panel and storage for the manager's equipment.

423.25.4 Structural standard for wind loads. At a minimum, EHPAs shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Category III (Essential Buildings) . Openings shall withstand the impact of wind-borne debris missiles in accordance with the impact and cyclic loading criteria per ASTM E-1886, and ASTM E-1996 or SBC/SSTD 12. Based on a research document, Emergency Shelter Design Criteria for Educational Facilities, by the University of Florida for the DOE, it is highly recommended by the department that the shelter be designed using the map wind speed plus 40 mph, with an importance factor of 1.0.

423.25.4.1 Missile impact criteria. The building enclosure, including walls, roofs, glazed openings, louvers and doors, shall not be perforated or penetrated by a flying object. For walls and roofs, the missile criteria is as provided in ASTM E-1886, and ASTM E-1996 or SBC/SSTD 12.

423.25.4.1.1 Materials used for walls, roofs, windows, louvers, and doors shall be certified for resistance to missile impact criteria.

423.25.4.1.2 The glazed openings or permanent protective systems over glazed openings shall be designed for cyclic loading.


423.25.4.2 Roofs. Roof decks shall be cast-in-place 4-inch (102 mm) or more, normal weight concrete. Concrete decks shall be waterproof. Systems other than cast-in-place concrete shall have adequate bearing, anchorage against wind uplift, diaphragm action, and resistance to rain that are equivalent to a cast-in-place system.

Exception: Structural precast concrete roofs, composite metal decks with normal weight concrete roofs, or other systems and materials that meet the wind load and missile impact criteria may be used.

423.25.4.2.1 Light weight concrete or insulating concrete may be used on roof decks of EHPAs provided the roof decks are at least 4-inch (102 mm) cast-in-place normal weight concrete or other structural systems of equivalent strength.

423.25.4.2.2 Roof openings (e.g., HVAC fans, ducts, skylights) shall be designed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.

423.25.4.2.3 Roof coverings shall be specified and designed according to the latest ASTM and Factory Mutual Standards for materials and wind uplift forces. Roofs shall be inspected by a licensed engineer/architect and a representative of the roofing manufacturer.

423.25.4.2.4 Roofs shall have adequate slope and drains sized for normal use and shall have emergency overflow scuppers which will accommodate a 2-inch-per-hour (51 mm) rain for 6 hours.

423.25.4.2.5 Parapets shall satisfy the wind load and missile impact criteria; roof overhangs shall resist uplift forces.

423.25.4.3 Windows. All unprotected window assemblies and their anchoring systems shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.


423.25.4.3.1 Windows may be provided with permanent protective systems, provided the protective system is designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria and completely covers the window assembly and anchoring system.

423.25.4.3.2 EHPAs shall have mechanical ventilation systems. Ventilation shall be provided at a minimum rate of 2 cfm per square foot of EHPA floor area. The mechanical ventilation system shall be connected to the EHPA's emergency power.

423.25.4.4 Doors. All exterior and interior doors subject to possible wind exposure and/or missile impact shall have doors, frames, anchoring devices, and vision panels designed and installed to resist the wind load and missile impact criteria or such doors, frames, anchoring devices, and vision panels shall be covered with permanent protective systems designed and installed to resist the wind load and missile impact criteria.

423.25.4.5 Exterior envelope. The exterior envelope, louvers over air intakes and vents, and gooseneck type intakes and vents of EHPAs shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria.

423.25.4.5.1 HVAC equipment mounted on roofs and anchoring systems shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load criteria.

423.25.4.5.2 Roof mounted HVAC equipment shall have a 12-inch-high (305 mm) curb around the roof opening and be designed to prevent the entry of rain water.

423.25.4.6 Foundations and floor slabs. Foundations shall be designed to resist all appropriate loads and load combinations, including overturning moments due to wind. The floor elevation and necessary life safety and other emergency support systems of EHPAs shall be elevated above the maximum storm surge inundation elevation associated with a Category 4 hurricane event. Storm surge elevations shall be identified by the most current edition of the regional Sea Lake and Overland Surges from Hurricanes (SLOSH) studies and atlases.

423.25.5 Electrical and standby emergency power system. The EHPA shall be provided with a standby emergency electrical power system, per Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Articles 700 and 701, which shall have the capability of being connected to a backup generator or other optional power


source. Where economically feasible, an equivalent photovoltaic system may be provided. The EHPA's emergency systems includes, but are not limited to: (1) an emergency lighting system, (2) illuminated exit signs, (3) fire protection system(s), alarm (campus wide) and sprinkler, and (4) minimum ventilation for health/safety purposes. The fire alarm panel shall be located in the EHPA manager's office. A remote annunciator panel shall be located in or adjacent to the school administrator's office. When generators are installed, the facility housing the generator, permanent or portable, shall be an enclosed area designed to protect the generators from wind and missile impact. Air intakes and exhausts shall be designed and installed to meet the wind load and missile impact criteria. Generators hardened by the manufacturer to withstand the area's design wind and missile impact criteria shall be exempt from the enclosed area criteria requirement.

423.25.5.1 EHPA lighting. Emergency lighting shall be provided within the EHPA area, EHPA manager's office, toilet rooms, main electrical room and generator spaces and shall be at least 10 footcandles (100 lux) of general illumination, which can be reduced to 1/2 footcandle (5 lux) in the sleeping areas during the night.

423.25.5.2 Optional standby circuits. Additional nonlife safety systems, as defined by Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Article 702 (optional standby circuits), may be supplied power, if available, by the Standby Emergency Power System. These systems shall be connected to the Standby Emergency Power System via an electrical subpanel to the Standby Electrical Power System's main electrical panel. This will allow selective or total load shedding of power if required. The fire alarm, emergency lighting and illuminated exit signs throughout the entire campus shall receive first priority to power provided by the Standby Emergency Power System per Chapter 27, NFPA 70 Article 700. The systems listed are not all encompassing but are in order of priority. Local officials may request additional non-life safety systems they deem necessary for health, welfare and safety of the public during occupancy:

1. Remainder of the school's campus security lighting (building and site).

2. Additional ventilation systems within the EHPA, including heat.

3. Intercom system.

4. Food storage equipment.


5. Additional electric receptacles, other than those required by Section 423.25.5.3.

423.25.5.3 Receptacle outlets. A minimum of four electrical outlets, served with power from the standby circuits, shall be provided in the EHPA manager's office.

423.25.6 Inspections. EHPAs shall be considered "threshold buildings" in accordance with Section 553.71(7), Florida Statutes, and shall comply with Sections 553.79(5), 553.79(7), and 553.79(8), Florida Statutes.

423.25.6.1 Construction of EHPAs shall be inspected during the construction process by certified building code inspectors or the design architect/engineer(s) certified pursuant to Part XII Chapter 468, Florida Statutes and threshold inspectors for compliance with applicable rules and laws.

423.25.6.2 The emergency electrical systems shall be inspected during the construction process by certified electrical inspector or Florida-registered professional engineers certified pursuant to Part XII Chapter 468, Florida Statutes, skilled in electrical design.

423.25.6.3 EHPAs shall be inspected and recertified for compliance with the structural requirements of this section every five years by a Florida-registered professional engineer skilled in structural design. If any structural system, as specified in this section, is damaged or replaced, the recertification shall be obtained prior to the beginning of the next hurricane season.

423.25.6.4 All shutter systems, roofs, overflow scuppers, and structural systems of EHPAs shall be inspected and maintained annually prior to hurricane season and after a major event. All emergency generators shall be inspected under load conditions including activation of the fire alarms, emergency lights as per applicable equipment codes and NFPA standards, and including mechanical systems and receptacles connected to the emergency power.

423.26 Time-out rooms.


423.26.1 Locking an individual inside a space without a means of opening the door from within that space is contrary to the exiting philosophy of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal for educational facilities. The educational program which requires containment of the out-of-control student can be accommodated within this context only if the following are met:

423.26.2 Electromagnetic locking device. When a time-out room is to be locked, an electromagnetic locking device may be used and shall have the following features:

423.26.2.1 The lock shall remain engaged only when a push button mounted outside the time-out room adjacent to the door frame, or other hand held device, is continuously depressed by hand. Upon release of pressure, the door shall unlock. The locking device shall be designed so that it cannot be engaged by leverage of an inanimate object or in any other manner except by constant human contact.

423.26.2.2 The push button, or similar device, shall be recessed from the face of the unit housing, or in some other way designed to prevent taping or wedging the button in the engaged mode.

423.26.2.3 The device shall have an interface relay with the fire alarm system and shall automatically release upon activation of the fire alarm.

423.26.2.4 The locking device shall automatically disengage in the event of a power failure.

423.26.2.5 Timers shall not be used on the locking device.

423.26.3 Door requirements. The door shall have only a push plate exposed on the interior of the room.

423.26.3.1 The door shall swing out of the room and shall be equipped with a fully concealed track type closer.


423.26.3.2 A vision panel shall be provided in the door, and it shall be no larger than 144 square inches (.1 m2). The view panel shall consist of a clear 1/4-inch-thick (6 mm) unbreakable plastic panel flush with the inside face of the door on the inside of the room. The panel shall be positioned in the door so that a staff member may continuously keep the student under surveillance.

423.26.3.3 The door frame and jamb/head reveal on the inside shall be minimal. If provided, a flat metal threshold shall be used.

423.26.4 Finishes. The floor and walls shall be durable, vandal-resistant materials. The ceiling shall be of a solid and moisture-resistant material. There shall be no projections or protrusions from the walls, ceiling, or floor. All surfaces shall be smooth and no electrical outlets, switches, plumbing clean-outs or similar items shall be inside the room. The room shall not contain anything that can be set on fire, torn, shredded or otherwise used for self-harm.

423.26.5 Minimum size. The room shall be designed for a single occupant only and shall be a minimum of 6 feet by 6 feet (1828 mm by 1828 mm).

423.26.6 Lighting. The room shall have a recessed vandalproof light fixture in the ceiling capable of being dimmed. The light switch shall be located outside the room adjacent to the door jamb.

423.26.7 HVAC required. Time-out rooms shall be mechanically heated and cooled. Registers shall be ceiling mounted and vandalproof.

423.27 New relocatable buildings.

423.27.1 Relocatables. The terms "relocatable" and "portable" are interchangeable and both terms are used to describe buildings which are constructed to the same building codes as permanent public school buildings, except they are designed to be moved. These buildings may be manufactured in a plant, constructed on site, may be made of demountable components, and may be combined. All new relocatable or portable classrooms shall be designed and constructed


in compliance with the Florida Building Code , the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal and the Department of Community Affairs rules for factory-built school buildings (see Section 428). The requirements for new relocatables contained herein are in addition to the minimum requirements of the Florida Building Code and the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal. New relocatables which do not comply with the building codes, fire codes and these standards shall not be used as classrooms or for any other student occupancy. For code requirements and other standards applicable to relocatables constructed prior to this code, which may be Type V (wood) relocatables, see Existing Relocatables, Volume 1, Section 5(2), State Requirements for Educational Facilities as referenced in the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code as adopted by the State Fire Marshal.

423.27.1.1 Factory-built school shelter means any site-assembled or factory-built school building that is designed to be portable, relocatable, demountable or reconstructable and that complies with the provisions for enhanced hurricane protection areas, as required by the applicable code (see Section 423.25).

423.27.2 Design, plan approval, construction. Regardless of cost or fund source, whether used for classroom, auxiliary or ancillary space, whether leased, purchased, contracted, or constructed by the school board or Florida college board, plans and documents for relocatables, portables and modular schools shall be prepared by Florida registered design professionals and submitted to the authority having jurisdiction for review and approval for compliance with Florida laws, rules, building and life safety codes. The buildings shall be constructed and inspected by personnel licensed, certified or trained as required by Florida construction industry licensing laws.

423.27.2.1 District-wide foundation plans. District-wide foundation plans for tie down and wind resistance for each type of relocatable and each type of known soil condition in the district, shall be prepared and reviewed at the time of the design and shall be required as a part of the approval of any relocatable. These documents shall be kept on file in the district, with an additional copy in each relocatable filed together with current annual local fire inspection reports, as required by law. The foundation plans shall be reviewed and updated when necessary for compliance with current code for subsequent installations of the relocatable. Relocatables which do not meet the requirements of code for tie down and wind resistance shall not be occupied.

423.27.2.2 DOT Requirements. Relocatable units designed to be moved on state roads shall comply with the maximum unit height, length and width requirements of the DOT.


423.27.2.3 Inventory/construction date signage. A FISH inventory room number and the date of construction shall be noted on an inventory sign permanently affixed outside, beside or above the door, on all relocatables owned or leased by a district.

423.27.3 Construction type. All new relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board shall be noncombustible Type I, II or IV construction.

423.27.4 Accessibility. All relocatables constructed, purchased or otherwise acquired by a board after the effective date of these standards shall comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act as modified by Chapter 553, Florida Statutes, Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Building. Relocatables intended for use at facilities housing up to grades 5 or 6, shall also conform to the federal criteria Accessibility Standards for Children's Environments, which is available from the U.S. Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.

423.27.5 Site standards/site plan. Relocatables placed on educational plant sites shall comply with federal and state laws and rules relating to the placement of structures on sites, as well as building code, fire code site requirements.

423.27.5.1 Floodplain. Compliance with floodplain standards is required for the initial and subsequent installation of public educational relocatable units. The finished floor shall be 12 inches (305 mm) above base flood elevation, the structure shall be designed to meet the Florida Building Code and anchored to resist buoyant forces.

423.27.5.2 Covered walks and technology. New relocatables and "modular schools" acquired by a board which are intended for long term use, shall be connected from exit door to the core facilities by accessible covered walkways, and shall contain wiring and computer technologies which connect to the facility's technology, communications and fire alarms infrastructure.

Exceptions:

1. Covered walks and public address systems are not required in Florida college facilities.


2. Temporary relocatables constructed after the date of this standard shall meet all construction requirements of this code, except that covered walks may be installed. The term "temporary relocatable" means relocatables which are used for less than three four years to provide temporary housing while permanent replacement classrooms and related facilities are under construction, renovation or remodeling. The term "temporary relocatable" does not apply to relocatables which have been located on a school site for more than two years and used for classrooms or for student occupancy, where there is no identifiable permanent facility which is under construction, being remodeled, or renovated to house the students.

423.27.5.3 Separation of units. Type I, II or IV, (noncombustible) relocatable units shall be separated as required by the Florida Building Code and the school site plan.

423.27.6 Structure. Relocatable structures shall be positively anchored and designed to comply with Florida Building Code requirements.

423.27.7 Fire-retardant-treated wood (FRTW). Only FRTW which does not contain ammonium phosphates, sulfates, or halides may be used in the roof structure of Type II construction, as authorized by other sections of the Florida Building Code. FRTW shall comply with the specific requirements found elsewhere in these public educational facilities requirements. Contractors shall provide evidence of compliance to inspectors. Inspection access panels shall be provided to facilitate initial and annual inspections for general condition assessment of FRTW and connectors.

423.27.8 Doors. Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel.

423.27.8.1 Classroom locksets. Each door shall be equipped with a lockset, which is readily opened from the side from which egress is to be made at all times, a threshold, heavy duty hinges, and closer to control door closing. Each door shall have a view panel, with minimum dimensions of 8 inches by 42 inches (1067 mm) and a maximum of 1,296 square inches (.84 m2), of ¼ inch (6 mm) tempered or safety glass installed with the bottom edge of the panel at 30 inches (762 mm) AFF. Each exterior door shall be protected from the elements by a roof overhang.

423.27.8.2 Roofed platform. All exterior doors shall open onto a minimum 5 foot by 5 foot (1524 mm by 1524 mm) roofed platform with handrails, which is level with the interior floor.


423.27.9 Operable windows. Classrooms shall have operable windows equal to at least 5 percent of the floor area of the unit where required by Section 1013.44, Florida Statutes. Exterior doors may be included in computing the required 5 percent. Awning, casement, or projecting windows shall not be placed in walls with adjacent walks, ramps, steps or platforms.

423.27.9.1 Rescue. Windows for emergency rescue shall comply with NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, shall be operable from the inside by a single operation and shall be labeled "EMERGENCY RESCUE-KEEP AREA CLEAR."

423.27.10 Finishes. Finishes in relocatable units shall comply with the following:

423.27.10.1 Interior walls and ceilings. Interior wall and ceiling finishes in classrooms and other student use spaces shall be Class A or B as defined in NFPA 101, Florida edition as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code. Corridor finishes shall be Class A. Formaldehyde levels shall not exceed the minimum HUD standards for manufactured housing.

423.27.10.2 Floors. Floors shall be covered with resilient material, carpet, or other finished product. Carpet in classrooms shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer as passing the Radiant Panel Test Class II. Carpet in corridors shall be tested and certified by the manufacturer as passing the Radiant Panel Test Class I.

423.27.10.3 Toilet rooms, showers and bathing facilities. Partitions and walls separating group toilet rooms shall be extended to the bottom of the roof deck.

423.27.10.3.1 Toilet room floors and base shall be finished with impervious nonslip materials. Toilet room walls shall be finished with impervious materials which shall be extended to a minimum height of 6 feet (1828 mm).

423.27.10.3.2 Ceilings shall be of solid-type moisture- resistant materials.


423.27.11 Fire extinguishers. At least one appropriate fire extinguisher shall be provided in each relocatable classroom unit and in each classroom of a multiclassroom building.

423.27.12 Document storage. Provision shall be made to secure foundation plans and to post the annual fire inspection report within each relocatable unit.

423.27.13 Time-out rooms. Time-out rooms are not recommended but, when provided, shall comply with the specific requirements for time-out rooms found elsewhere in these public educational facilities code requirements.

423.27.14 Child care/day care units. Standard classroom units intended to house birth to age 3 children, including Teenage Parent Programs (TAP), shall meet the additional criteria under the title of Child Care/Day Care/Prekindergarten Facilities for permanent buildings contained in these public educational facilities requirements, as well as the following:

423.27.14.1 All TAP spaces where residential kitchens are provided shall have two doors exiting directly to the outside and remotely located from each other. Areas designated for children's sleeping mats, cots or cribs, shall have a clearly marked exit passageway.

423.27.15 Illumination required. Illumination in classroom units shall be designed to provide an average maintained 50 footcandles (500 lux) at desk top.

423.27.15.1 Emergency lighting. Each classroom unit shall be equipped with emergency lighting.

423.27.15.2 Exterior lighting. Exterior lighting shall be provided as required elsewhere in these public educational facilities code requirements.

423.27.15.3 Exit lighting. Exit lights shall be provided as required by the Uniform Fire Safety Standards Florida Fire Prevention Code adopted by the State Fire Marshal.


423.27.16 Air conditioning, heating and ventilation. Relocatable facilities shall meet Florida Building Code requirements.

423.27.17 Technology. Relocatables shall contain wiring and computer technology appropriate for the programs to be housed.

423.27.18 Fire safety requirements. New relocatables shall be provided with fire alarm devices meeting the code requirements for permanent educational facilities and shall be connected to the facility's main fire alarm system as required by code.

423.27.19 Inspection of units during construction. Boards shall provide for the inspection of relocatables during construction, as required by the Florida Building Code, as authorized by statute.

423.27.20 Inspection of units prior to occupancy. Prior to occupancy new relocatables shall be inspected and approved for compliance to the Florida Building Code. New units shall have foundation plans provided and secured, in the relocatable along with the local fire inspector report. Certification of such inspection shall remain on file with the district. Inventory/date of construction signage shall be affixed to the relocatable. Where FRTW is used inspection access panels shall be provided and within easy reach to facilitate inspection for general condition assessment of FRTW and connectors.

[SP4764] 424.1.6.5.8 – change to read as follows: 424.1.6.5.8 Flow velocity. Pressure piping shall not exceed 8 10 feet per second, except that precoat lines with higher velocities may be used when necessary for agitation purposes. The flow velocity in suction piping shall not exceed 6 feet per second (1829 mm/s) except that flow velocities up to 10 feet per second (3048 mm/s) in filter assembly headers will be acceptable. Main drain systems and surface overflow systems which discharge to collector tanks shall be sized with a maximum flow velocity of 3 feet per second (914 mm/s). The filter and vacuuming system shall have the necessary valves and piping to allow filtering to pool, vacuuming to waste, vacuuming to filter, complete drainage of the filter tank, backwashing for sand and pressure D.E.-type filters and precoat recirculation for D.E.-type filters. COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 424.1.6.5.9.6 – change to read as follows:


424.1.6.5.9.6 The flow rate through each inlet shall not exceed 15 20 gpm (1 L/s). COMMENT AFTER GLITCH 427.1.4.1.1 New facility construction – Change to read as shown.

427.1.4.1.1 New facility construction. New facility construction and additions, refurbishing, renovations and alterations to existing facilities shall comply with the following codes and standards:

1. The building codes described in the Florida Building Code.

2. The fire codes contained in Chapter 69A-44, "Minimum Fire Safety Standards for Residential Alcohol and Drug Abuse Treatment and Prevention Programs, Mental Health Residential Treatment Facilities and Crisis Stabilization Units," Florida Administrative Code, as described in the NFPA 101, Chapters 12 and 13, "Special Definitions," as adopted by the Florida Fire Prevention Code, as applicable to limited health care facilities, which is included by reference in Chapter 59A-3, Florida Administrative Code.

3. The accessibility requirements Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.

427.1.4.4 Administration and public areas.

[SP4690] 427.1.4.4.1 – 427.1.4.4.2 - change to read as shown.

427.1.4.4.1 Waiting rooms shall have an adjacent rest room which is designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.

427.1.4.4.2 The entrance shall be grade level, sheltered from inclement weather and accessible to persons with physical disabilities in accordance with Chapter 11 of the Florida Building Code, Building. Accessibility.

[SP4695] 437.3.2.1 – Change to read as shown.

437.3.2.1 All new facilities and additions and renovations to existing facilities shall be in compliance .


With the Florida Building Code, Accessibility

1. Section 310.1 of this code for Group R-4 occupancy; .

2. The National Fire Protection Association Life Safety Code 101, Chapter 32, Residential Board and Care Occupancy and incorporated by reference in Rule 69A-3.012, F.A.C.,

and

3. The Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11, Section 11-6.1(1) of the Florida Building Code, Building.

[SP4697] 438.7 Accessibility – Change to read as shown.

438.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Chapter 11.

[SP4699] 443.1 - 443.3.7.5 – add to read as shown.

SECTION 443

Schools, Colleges, and Universities

443.1 Scope: Florida’s public and private schools, colleges, and universities shall comply with all applicable requirements of the code and the following standards. These are minimum standards; boards or owners may impose more restrictive requirements. Additional requirements for public educational facilities in Florida, including public schools and Florida’s colleges, are found in Section 423, State Requirements for Educational Facilities.

443.2 Sites

443.2.1 Drainage. Soil, grass, and planting beds shall provide positive drainage away from sidewalks, but shall not fall away at more than a 3-percent gradient slope for a minimum distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) from the edge.


443.2.2 Playgrounds and Equipment. Playgrounds and equipment shall be safe, structurally sound, verminproof, and shall not have jagged or sharp projections. Playground equipment shall be anchored to suitable foundations to prevent toppling or dislodgement. Cushioning materials such as mats, wood chips, or sand shall be used under climbing equipment, slides, and swings.

443.2.3 Outdoor waste containers. A smooth nonabsorbent surface shall be provided for outdoor waste containers.

443.3 Building Construction

443.3.1 Rodent proofing. Buildings for Group E occupancies shall be rodent proofed per Appendix F, Rodentproofing.

443.3.2 Glare from natural light. Sources of natural light in instructional spaces shall be glazed with glare reducing materials or shall be shielded to prevent glare that can interfere with seeing task within the instructional space.

443.3.3 Automated external defibrillator. Automated external defibrillators shall be provided in public educational facilities that are a member of the Florida High School Athletic Association.

443.3.4 Diaper changing stations. A diaper changing station shall be located in or adjacent to any classroom where children wearing diapers are in attendance. A hand washing lavatory shall be provided within the changing station area. Access shall be provided to the lavatory without opening doors or touching a handle.

443.3.5 Plumbing

443.3.5.1 Standards. Educational and ancillary facilities shall be provided with toilets, hand washing facilities, and drinking fountains for all occupants, in ratios and accessible as required by the Florida Building Code, Florida law, and federal requirements.


Exception: A single unisex toilet room is allowed where provided in child care, pre-kindergarten through grade 3 and ESE classrooms.

443.3.5.2 Teacher toilets. Faculty and staff toilets shall be separate from student toilets.

Exception: Separation of faculty/staff and student toilet facilities is not required for colleges and universities.

443.3.5.3 Toilet room access.

443.3.5.3.1 Toilet facilities for Pre-K through Grade 12 shall be accessible under continuous roof cover from all student occupied spaces.

Exception: Relocatable classrooms installed for temporary use.

443.3.5.3.2 Access to group toilet rooms. Access to student group toilet rooms shall not be through an occupied space, storage space, or equipment space.

443.3.5.4 Shielding device. The entry to each group toilet room shall be provided with a door, partition, or other shielding device to block from view the occupants in the toilet room. If a door is provided, it shall have a closer and shall swing out in the direction of egress.

443.3.5.5 Walls. Walls in toilet rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor. Walls in kitchens, scullerys, can wash areas, and shower rooms shall be impervious to a height of at least 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor. Toilet and shower partitions shall be impervious.

443.3.5.6 Floor drains and hose bibbs. All group toilet rooms shall be provided with at least one floor drain and one easily accessible hose bibb. The floor shall be sloped down to the drain.


443.3.5.7 Handwashing facilities.

443.3.5.7.1 Handwashing facilities shall be located within or adjoining each toilet room.

443.3.5.7.2 Soap dispensers for liquid, foam, or powdered soap shall be provided at all handwashing basins.

443.3.5.7.3 Individual towel dispensers or hot-air hand drying devices shall be provided near handwashing basins.

443.3.5.8 Showers

443.3.5.8.1 Shower heads shall be based on the peak load to be accommodated at one time and provided at the ratio of one shower head for each five students, located a minimum of 30 inches (762 mm) apart.

443.3.5.8.2 Floors shall be drained in such a manner that waste water from any shower head will not pass over areas occupied by other bathers.

443.3.5.8.3 Water shall be heated and the temperature at the shower head shall not exceed 110°F (43°C) nor be less than 95°F (35°C).

443.3.6 Mechanical

443.3.6.1 Natural ventilation. Natural ventilation shall not be provided in toilet rooms, shower rooms, lockers rooms, and storage rooms for athletic equipment or soiled clothes.


443.3.6.2 Fans and blowers. Fans and blowers shall be sized and designed to provide the required air movement without excessive or disturbing noise that would interfere with the educational program provided in the space being ventilated.

443.3.6.3 Kilns. Kiln rooms and areas shall be provided with adequate exhaust to dispel emitted heat to the exterior, and they shall not be connected to any other exhaust system.

443.3.6.4 Chemistry laboratories and science classrooms. HVAC systems in chemistry labs and science classrooms shall be designed and installed to ensure that chemicals originating from the space are not recirculated.

Exception: A high capacity emergency exhaust system providing twenty (20) air changes per hour may be used in chemistry laboratories and science classrooms with fume hoods. Positive ventilation may be provided via doors or windows opening to the exterior. Signs providing operational instructions shall be permanently installed at the emergency exhaust system fan switch and adjacent to the door(s) or window(s) to be opened.

443.3.6.5 Chemical storage. Rooms used for the storage, handling, and disposal of chemicals used in school, college, and university laboratories shall be vented to the exterior. The ventilation system shall not be connected to the air-conditioning return air system, and the rooms shall be kept at moderate temperatures. Chemical storage cabinets, when vented to the exterior, shall be mechanically vented in accordance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 91.

443.3.7 Lighting.

443.3.7.1 Illumination level in classrooms/instructional spaces. Illumination at the normal task level for the type of classroom/instruction space shall be a minimum of forty (40) foot-candles (400 Lux).

443.3.7.2 Illumination uniformity in classrooms/instruction spaces. Luminaries shall have a ceiling arrangement or positioned around the walls such that a uniformed illumination level, within ten (10) foot-candles (100 Lux), is maintained at the students required normal task level for the type of classroom/instruction space.


443.3.7.3 Brightness Ratio in classrooms/instructional spaces. The brightness ratio between the student task level and the instruction area or areas or visual display location shall be one (1) to five (5) or less.

443.3.7.4 Illumination failure of general and means of egress luminaries. Illumination systems shall be designed and maintained so that the failure of any single lighting unit, such as an electric luminary, does not leave any occupied space or means of egress in the dark. (See FBC 1006 for additional means of egress requirements.)

443.3.7.5 Glare elimination. Illumination of permanently installed markerboards, chalkboards, and other instruction aids shall be designed to eliminate glare and shadows.

[SP4764] Chapter 5 – GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 504.1 General – Change to read as shown.

504.1 General Special unlimited height. The building height permitted by Table 503 shall be increased in accordance with this section.

Exceptions:

1. The height of Group B, M and R occupancies of Type I-B construction shall not be limited, provided the fire resistance of all columns shall be not less than 3 hours and the other structural members including floors shall be not less than that shown in Chapter 6, but in no case less than 2 hours except that roofs and their supporting beams, girders, trusses and arches shall be not less than 1½ hours.

2. The building height of one-story aircraft hangars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manufacturing of aircraft shall not be limited if the building is provided with an automatic fire-extinguishing system in accordance with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half times the building height. [F4617] 506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. – Change to read as shown.

506.3 Automatic sprinkler system increase. (no change to text).


Exceptions: The building area limitation increases shall not be permitted for the following conditions:

1. (no change)

2. (no change)

3. Reserved. Fire-resistance rating substitution in accordance with Table 601, Note d h. [F4619] 508.1 General. – Change to read as shown.

508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1. Where a building contains more than one occupancy group, the building or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 508.2, 508.3 or 508.4, or a combination of these sections.

Exceptions:

1. Occupancies separated in accordance with Section

509.

2. Where required by Table 415.3.2, areas of Groups

H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a separate and detached building or structure.

3. Uses within live/work units, complying with Section 438 419, are not considered separate occupancies. [F4620] 509.4 Parking beneath Group R – Change to read as shown. 509.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one-story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is provided under a building of Group R, the number of stories to be used in determining the minimum type of construction shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area. The number of stories to be used in determining the height in stories in accordance with Section 903.2.11.3 903.6 shall include the parking garage as a story. The floor assembly between the parking garage and the Group R above shall comply with the type of construction required for the parking garage and shall also provide a fire-resistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separation required in Section 508.4. [F4621] Chapter 6 – TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION


Table 601 fire Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements – Change to read as shown.

Table 601 fire Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements

Make the following corrections to the table:

1. Under Building Elements revise as follows:

Floor construction and secondary members Including supporting beams and joists (See Section 202)

Roof construction and secondary members Including supporting beams and joists (See Section 202)

2. Revise note supercripts within the table as follows:

Column: Type IIIA Construction

Row: Floor construction and secondary memebers

1d

Column: Type IIIB Construction

Row: Floor construction and secondary memebers

0d,i

3. Revise note a as follows:

a. Fire-resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hour where supporting one floor or one roof only.

4. Change Note “i” to Note “h”.

5. Change Note “j” to Note “i”.

[F4667]

Table 602 – Change to read as shown.


Table 602

Note c:

c. See Section 706.1.1 705.1.1 for party walls.

(no change to remainder of table or notes)

[F4666] Chapter 7 – FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION TABLE 706.4 - Change to read as shown Delete reference to Note “c” in the table heading.–. [F4622] Chapter 9 – FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems – Change to read as shown.

901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising station.

Exceptions:

1. A supervising station is not required for automatic

sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family dwellings.

2. Limited area systems serving fewer than six 20 sprinklers. [F4623] 903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply – Change to read as shown.

903.3.5.2 Secondary water supply. Reserved.A secondary on-site water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high-rise buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by this code. The secondary water supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes as determined by the occupancy hazard classification in accordance with

NFPA 13.

Exception: Existing buildings.


http://infosolutions.com/icce/gateway.dll?f=xhitlist$xhitlist_x=Advanced$xhitlist_vpc=first$xhitlist_xsl=querylink.xsl$xhitlist_sel=title;path;content-type;home-title$xhitlist_d=Florida%20Custom(Build2004_FL)$xhitlist_q=%5bfield%20folio-destination-name:'FLBuild503.2'%5d$xhitlist_md=target-id=0-0-0-5845

[F4624]

907.1.4 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

907.1. 4 Accessibility. Every required fire alarm system shall include a visible alarm indicating appliances in public and common areas. For more specific accessibility requirements related to alarm indicating appliances, refer to Section 11-4.28. applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .

[F4701]

907.9 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

907.9Accessibility. Alarm systems required to be accessible by Section 11-4.1 shall comply with Section 11-4.28 applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility .

[F4712] 909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative – Change to read as shown. 909.20.5 Stair pressurization alternative. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with section 903.3.1.1, the vestibule is not required, provided that interior exit stairways are pressurized to a minimum of 0.10.05 inches nches of water (12.3 Pa) and a maximum of 0.35 inches of water (87) Pa) in the shaft relative to the building measured with all stairway doors closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack effect and wind effect. [F4763] Chapter 10 – MEANS OF EGRESS 1003.5.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown. 1003.5.3 Accessibility. For accessibility provisions related to changes in levels, see Section 11-4.3.8. the Florida Building Code, Accessibility. [F4713]

1007.1 Accessible means of egress. Change to read as shown.

1007.1 Accessible means of egress. Accessible means of egress shall be provided in accordance with Sections 11-4.1.3(8), 11-4.1.3(9) and 11-4.3.10. with the applicable sections of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[F4714]


Section 1008 Doors, Gates and Turnstiles

1008.1 Doors. Change to read as shown.

1008.1 Doors. Means of egress doors shall meet the requirements of this section. Doors serving a means of egress system shall meet the requirements of this section and Section 1020.2. Doors provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than required by this code shall meet the requirements of this section. For accessibility provisions related to doors,refer to Sections 11-4.1.3, 11-4.3.9 and 11-4.13. or the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction and finishes such that the doors are easily recognizable as doors. Mirrors or similar reflecting materials shall not be used on means of egress doors. Means of egress doors shall not be concealed by curtains, drapes, decorations or similar materials.

[F4715] 1008.1.1 Size of doors. Revise to change exception 8 as follows: Exceptions: 1 – 7 No change. 8. Reserved Buildings that are 400 square feet or less and that are intended for use in conjunction with one‐ and two‐family residences are not subject to the door height and width requirements of this code.

Comment after Glitch

Section 1009.6.1 Stairway walking surface. Change to read as shown.

1009. 6.1 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface of treads and landings of a stairway shall not be sloped steeper than one 1 unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in any direction. Stairway treads and landings shall have a solid surface. Finish floor surfaces shall be securely attached.

Exceptions:

1-2 No change

3. See also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[F4716]

1009.6.4 Stair identification. Change to read as shown.


1009.6.4 Stair identification. An approved sign shall be located at each floor level landing in all enclosed stairways of buildings four or more stories in height. The sign shall indicate the floor level and the availability of roof access from that stairway and an identification of the stairway. The sign shall also state the floor level of and direction to exit discharge. The sign shall be located approximately 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor landing in a position which is readily visible when the door is in the open or closed position. The floor level designation shall also be tactile in accordance with Chapter 11or the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[F4717] 1010.1 Scope – Change to read as shown. 1010.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to ramps used as a component of a means of egress.

Exceptions:

1. Other than ramps that are part of the accessible routes providing access in accordance with Sections the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.7 through 11-4.8 , ramped aisles within assembly rooms or spaces shall conform with the provisions in Section 1028.11.

2. Curb ramps shall comply with ICC A117.1.

3. Vehicle ramps in parking garages for pedestrian exit access shall not be required to comply with Sections the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.7 through 11.4-8 when they are not an accessible route serving accessible parking spaces, other required accessible elements or part of an accessible means of egress.

[F4718]

1010.3 Cross slope. Change to read as shown.

1010.3 Cross slope. The slope measured perpendicular to the direction of travel of a ramp shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope).

Exception: see also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[F4719]

1010.6 Landings. Change to read as shown.

1010.6 Landings. Ramps shall have landings at the bottom and top of each ramp, points of turning, entrance, exits and at doors and in accordance with the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11- 4.8.4. Landings shall comply with Sections provisions of the 1010.6.1 through 1010.6.5.


Section 1010.6.1 Slope. Change to read as shown.

1010.6.1 Slope. Landings shall have a slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 50 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in any direction. Changes in level are not permitted.

Exception: see also the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

[F4721]

1010.6.3 Length. Change to read as shown.

1010.6.3 Length. The landing length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.

Exceptions:

1 – 2 No change.

3. Accessible landings shall comply with section provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility 11-4.8.4.

[F4722]

1010.9 Edge protection. Change to read as shown.

1010.9 Edge protection. Edge protection complying with Sections 1010.9.1 or 1010.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings.

Exceptions:

1. Edge protection is not required on ramps not required to have handrails, provided they have flared sides that comply with provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11-4.8.7, curb ramp.

2 – 4 No change

[F4723]

Section 1012.3 Handrail graspability. Change to read as shown.

1012.3 Handrail graspability. All required handrails shall comply with Section 1012.3.1 or shall provide equivalent graspability.


Exceptions:

1. In Group R-3 occupancies; within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; and in Group U occupancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies; handrails shall be Type I in accordance with Section 1012.3.1, Type II in accordance with Section 1012.3.2 or shall provide equivalent graspability.

2. Accessible handrails shall meet the requirementsof the Florida Building Code, Accessibility of Section 11-4.26.2.

[F4725]

Section 1012.6 Handrail extensions. Change to read as shown.

1012.6 Handrail extensions. Handrails shall return to a wall, guard or the walking surface or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight or ramp run. Where handrails are

not continuous between flights, the handrails shall extend horizontally at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom

riser. At ramps where handrails are not continuous between runs, the handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing 12 18 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of theramp runs. The extensions of handrails shall be in the same direction of the stair flights at stairways and beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs at ramps.

Exceptions:

1 – 3 No change.

4. Accessible handrail extensions shall be as per Section 11-4.8.5(2).the Florida Building Code, Accessibility.

1012.7 Clearance. Change Exception as shown.

Exception: Accessible handrails shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Building Code, Accessibility Section 11-4.8.5(3).

[F4726]

1003.5.2 delete as shown:

1003.5.2 Where change in elevation of 12 inches (305 mm) or less occurs in exit access corridors, exits and exit discharge, ramps complying with Section 1010 shall be provided.


Exception: Within dwelling level. [F4626] Chapter 14 EXTERIOR WALLS

1403.7 Change to read as shown.

1403.7 In order to provide for inspection for termite infestation, clearance between exterior wall coverings and final earth grade on the exterior of a building shall not be less than 6 inches (152 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Paint or decorative cementitious finish less than 5/8 inch (17.1 mm) thick adhered directly to the masonry foundation sidewall.

2. Access or vehicle ramps which rise to the interior finish floor elevation for the width of such ramps only.

3. A 4-inch (102 mm) inspection space above patio and garage slabs and entry areas.

4. If the patio has been soil treated for termites, the finish elevation may match the building interior finish floor elevations on masonry construction only.

5. Masonry veneers constructed in accordance with Section 2114.2. [S4656] Revise 1404.5.1 to read as follows:

1404.5.1 Aluminum siding. Aluminum siding shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 1402.

AAMA 1402, shall be modified to read as follows:

Section 1 Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding, Soffit, and Fascia, 2.0 Siding Specifications, 2.2 Performance Criteria, 2.2.1 Windload Resistance

2.2.1.1 Static Pressure Test

2.2.1.1.1 All siding products shall be capable of resisting the design pressures specified for walls for components and cladding loads in accordance with Section 1609.1.1. To verify that the siding will perform under these conditions, it shall be tested in accordance with Test Method #1, “Standard for Testing of Aluminum Siding/Fastener for Windload Resistance” or in an approved manner. The static test pressure shall be as required to demonstrate compliance with the provisions of 1609.1.


Remainder Unchanged. Comment after Glitch Chapter 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES & STRUCTURES

1507.2.5 Asphalt Shingles. – Change to read as shown.

1507.2.5 Asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall have self-seal strips or be interlocking and comply with ASTM D 225 or ASTM D 3462. Shingles shall also comply with Table 1507.2.7.1. Asphalt shingle packaging shall bear labeling indicating compliance with one of the required classifications as shown in Table 1507.2.7.1 or a listing by an approved testing agency in accordance with the requirements of Section 1609.5.2.

[R4657] Section 1507.2.7.1, revise as follows: 1507.2.7.1 Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles. Asphalt Shingles shall be classified in accordance with ASTM D3161, TAS 107 or ASTM D7158 in accordance with Table 1507.2.7.1 to resist the basic wind speed per Figure 1609. Shingles classified as ASTM D 3161 Class D or ASTM D 7158 Class G are acceptable for use in the 100‐mph wind zone. Shingles classified as ASTM D3161 Class F, TAS107 or ASTM D 7158 Class H are acceptable for use in all wind zones. Asphalt shingle wrappers shall indicate compliance with one of the required classifications as shown in Table 1507.2.7.1. Exception: Asphalt shingles not included in the scope of ASTM D 7158 shall be tested and labeled to indicate compliance with ASTM D 3161 and the required classification in Table 1507.2.7.1(2).


Revise Table 157.2.7 to read as follows:


Table 1507.2.7 Classification of Asphalt Shingles

Maximum Basic Wind Speed From Figure

1609A, B, C or ASCE-7 Vasd ASTM D 7158 ASTM D 3161

130 85 D, G or H A, D or F 140 90 D, G or H A, D or F 150 100 G or H A, D or F 160 110 G or H F 170 120 G or H F 180 130 H F 190 140 H F 200 150 H F

Comment after Glitch, R4657 1507.3.2 – 1507.3.9 Change to read as shown.

1507.3.2 Deck slope. Concrete and clay roof tile shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations of FRSA/TRI 07320 where the Vasd as determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.

1507.3.3 Underlayment. Unless otherwise noted, required underlayment shall conform to: ASTM D 226, Type II; ASTM D 2626; ASTM D 1970 or ASTM D 6380 mineral-surfaced roll roofing. Underlayment shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s installation instruction or the recommendations of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.

1507.3.3.1 Slope and underlayment requirements. Refer to FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 for underlayment and slope requirements for specific roof tile systems or the recommendations of RAS 118, 119 or 120.

1507.3.6 Fasteners. Tile fasteners shall be corrosion resistant and not less than 11 gage, 5/16-inch (8.0 mm) head, and of sufficient length to penetrate the deck a minimum of 0.72 inch (19.1 mm) or through the thickness of the deck, which-ever is less or in accordance with the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or in accordance with RAS 118, 119 or 120. Attaching wire for clay or concrete tile shall not be smaller than 0.083 inch (2.1 mm).


1507.3.7 Attachment. Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be fastened in accordance with Section 1609 or in accordance with FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1

1507.3.8 Application. Tile shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions or the recommendation of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendation of RAS 118, 119 or 120.

1507.3.9 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof vertical surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions or the recommendation of the FRSA/TRI 07320 where the basic wind speed, Vasd, is determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 or the recommendation of RAS 118, 119 or 120.

[R4857] 1517.5.2 Change to read as shown. 1517.5.2 Such fasteners shall be applied through"Tin caps" no less than 1_5/8 inches (41 mm) and not more than 2 inches (51 mm) in diameter and of not less than 32 gage (0.010 inch) sheet metal. "Cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads complying with this section shall be an acceptable substitute. All "tin caps," "cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads shall be tested for corrosion resistance in compliance with TAS 114 Appendix E, Section 2 (ASTM G 85), and shall be product control listed. All of cartons or carton labels "tin caps," "cap nails" or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads shall be labeled to note compliance with the corrosion resistance requirements. [R4816] 1521.18.1 Change to read as shown.

1521.18.1 No PUF and/or elastomeric coating systems shall be applied over existing composition shingles.

[R4849] 1515.2 – Change to read as shown.

TABLE 1515.2

MINIMUM SLOPE


SYSTEM TYPE SLOPE Fibrous Cement Shingles 4:12 Metal Panels Architectural 2:12 Metal Shingles 4:12 Mortar or Adhesive Tile 2:12 Mechanically Fastened Tile 4:12 Asphalt Shingles 4:12 Laminated 2:12 3-Tab 2:12 Quarry Slate 3-1/2:12 Wood Shakes 4:12 Shingles 3-1/2:12 [R4789] Chapter 16 – STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1602 – Change to read as shown. RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. A categorization category of buildings and other structures for determination used to determine structural requirements based on occupancy of flood and wind loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance. [S4524] 1602 - Change to read as shown.

RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY. A categorization category of buildings and other structures for determination used to determine structural requirements based on occupancy of flood and wind loads based on the risk associated with unacceptable performance.

[S4668]

1604.5 – 1604.5.1 – Change to read as shown.

1604.5 Risk Occupancy category. Each building and structure shall be assigned an risk occupancy category in accordance with Table 1604.5.


1604.5.1 Multiple occupancies. Where a building or structure is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in the same risk occupancy category, it shall be assigned the classification of the highest risk occupancy category corresponding to the various occupancies. Where buildings or structures have two or more portions that are structurally separated, each portion shall be separately classified. Where a separated portion of a building or structure provides required access to, required egress from or shares life safety components with another portion having a higher risk occupancy category, both portions shall be assigned to the higher risk occupancy category.

TABLE 1604.5

RISK OCCUPANCY CATEGORY OF BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES

Add screen enclosures to Risk Category I:

• Screen enclosures

[S4669]

1604.9 Counteracting structural actions. – Change to read as shown.

1604.9 Counteracting structural actions. Structural members, systems, components and cladding shall be designed to resist forces due to earthquake and wind, with consideration of overturning, sliding and uplift. Continuous load paths shall be provided for transmitting these forces to the foundation. Where sliding is used to isolate the elements, the effects of friction between sliding elements shall be included as a force.

[S4670] 1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. – Change to read as shown.

1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. Where allowable stress design (working stress design), as permitted by this code, is used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most critical effects resulting from the following combinations of loads:

0.6D+ 0.6W+H (Equation 16-14)


[S4671]

1605.3.1.1 Load reduction. - Change to read as shown.

1605.3.1.1 Load reduction.

1. Increases in allowable stress specified in the materials, sections of this code or a referenced standard shall not be permitted to be used with load combinations of Sections 1605.3.1. Duration of load increase shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23.

Exception: Increases in allowable stress shall be permitted in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 provided the load reduction shall not be applied (see s. 1605.3.1) the loads in the load combinations of Equations 16-11 and 16-13 are not reduced.

2. Simultaneous use of both one-third increase in allowable stress and the 25 percent reduction in combined loads shall not be permitted.

[S4672]

Figure 1609 – Change to read as shown.


[S4741]

1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads – Change to read as shown.


1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in accordance with Chapters 26 through 30 of ASCE 7 or the provisions of the alternate all-heights method in Section 1609.6. Wind shall be assumed to come from any horizontal direction and wind pressures shall be assumed to act normal to the surface considered.

Exceptions: (no change)

The wind speeds in Figure 1609A, 1609B and 1609C shall be converted to nominal wind speeds, Vasd, in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 when the provisions of the standards referenced in Exceptions 1 through 5 and 7 are used unless the wind provisions in the standards are based on Ultimate Wind Speeds as specified in accordance with Figures 1609A, 1609B, or 1609C or Chapter 26 of ASCE 7.

[S4673]

1609.1.1.1 Applicability – Change to read as shown.

1609.1.1.1 Applicability. The provisions of ICC 600 and the AF&PA Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, High Wind Areas are applicable only to buildings located within Exposure B or C as defined in Section 1609.4. The provisions of ICC 600, AF&PA WFCM, and AISI S230 shall not apply to buildings sited on the upper half of an isolated hill, ridge or escarpment meeting the following conditions:

(no change to 1 – 3)

[S4674AM]

1609.1.2 Protection of openings. Change to read as shown.

1609.1.2 Protection of openings. (no change to text)

Exceptions:

1. (no change)

2. Glazing in Risk Occupancy Category I buildings as defined in Section 1604.5 including greenhouses that are occupied for growing plants on a production or research basis, without public access shall be permitted to be unprotected.

3. Glazing in Risk Occupancy Category II, III or IV buildings located over 60 feet


(18 288 mm) above the

ground and over 30 feet (9144 mm) above aggregate surface roofs located within 1,500 feet (458 m) of the building shall be permitted to be unprotected. [S4675] 1609.1.2.3.1 – Change to read as shown. 1609.1.2.3.1 Impact resistant coverings shall be tested at 1.5 times the design pressure (positive or negative) expressed in pounds per square feet as determined by the Florida Building Code, Building Section 1609 or ASCE 7 for which the specimen is to be tested. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. [S4677] 1609.1.2.4.1 add to read as follows: 1609.1.2.4.1 Table 1 of ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996 shall be modified to read as follows Air Pressure Cycles 0.2 to 0.5 Ppos

1

0.0 to 0.6 Ppos 0.5 to 0.8 Ppos 0.3 to 1.0 Ppos 0.3 to 1.0 Pneg

2 0.5 to 0.8 Pneg 0.0 to 0.6 Pneg 0.2 to 0.5 Pneg Notes: 1. Ppos = 0.6 x positive ultimate design load in accordance with

ASCE 7.

2. Pneg = 0.6 x negative ultimate design load in accordance with ASCE 7.

[S4679, Comment after Glitch] 1609.2 – Definitions – Change to read as shown.


WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane- prone regions located:

1. Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water line where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 130 (48 m/s) or greater; or

2. In areas where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 140 mph (53 m/s) or greater

For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk occupancy category III buildings and structures, except health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609A. For Risk occupancy category IV buildings and structures and Risk occupancy category III health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609B.

[S4680]

1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion – Change to read as shown.

1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion. (no change to text)

Vasd = nominal design wind speed applicable to methods specified in Exceptions 1 through 5 of Section 1609.1.1

[S4681]

1609.6 Alternate all heights method. – 1609.6.4.2 Determination of Kz – Kzt – Change to read as shown.

1609.6 Alternate all heights method. The alternate design provisions in this section are simplifications of Chapter 27 Part 1 – Directional Procedure of the ASCE 7 Method 2 – Analytical Procedure.

1609.6.1 Scope. As an alternate to ASCE 7 Chapter 27 Part 1 and Chapter 30 Part 3 Section 6.5, the following provisions are permitted to be used to determine the wind effects on regularly shaped buildings, or other structures that are regularly shaped, which meet all of the following conditions:


1-3: (no change)

4. The building shall meet the requirements of a simple

diaphragm building as defined in ASCE 7 Section

26.2, where wind loads are only transmitted to the main

wind-force-resisting system (MWFRS) at the diaphragms.

5. (no change)

1609.6.1.1 Modifications. The following modifications shall be made to certain subsections in ASCE 7: in Section 1609.6.2, symbols and notations that are specific to this section are used in conjunction with the symbols and notations in ASCE 7 Section 26.3.

1609.6.2 Symbols and notations. Coefficients and variables used in the alternate all-heights method equations are as follows:

Cnet = Net-pressure coefficient based on Kd [(G) (Cp) –

(GCpi)], in accordance with Table 1609.6.2(2).

G = Gust effect factor for rigid structures in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 26.9 6.5.8.1.

Kd = Wind directionality factor in accordance with

ASCE 7 Table 26.6-1 6-4.

Pnet = Design wind pressure to be used in determination of wind loads on buildings or other structures or their components and cladding, in psf (kN/m2).

qs = Wind stagnation pressure in psf (kN/m2) in accordance with Table 1609.6.2(1).


1609.6.3 Design equations. When using the alternate all-heights method, the MWFRS and components and cladding of every structure shall be designed to resist the effects of wind pressures on the building envelope in accordance with Equation 16-34.

Pnet = qsKzCnet [IKzt] (Equation 16-34)

Design wind forces for the MWFRS shall not be less than 16 10 psf (0.77 0.48 kN/m2) multiplied by the wall area of the building structure and 8 psf (0.38 kN/m2) multiplied by the roof area of the building projected on a plane normal to the assumed wind

direction (see ASCE 7 Section 27.4.7 6.1.4 for criteria). Design net wind pressure for components and cladding shall not be less than 16 10 psf (0.77 0.48 kN/m2) acting in either direction normal to the surface.

1609.6.4.1 Main wind-force-resisting systems. The MWFRS shall be investigated for the torsional effects identified in ASCE 7 Figure 27.4-8 6-9.

1609.6.4.2 Determination of Kz and Kzt. Velocity pressure exposure coefficient, Kz, shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Sections 27.3 and 30.3 6.5.6.6 and the topographic factor, Kzt, shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 26.8 6.5.7.

1. For the windward side of a structure, Kzt and Kz shall be based on height z.

2. For leeward and sidewalls, and for windward and leeward roofs, Kzt and Kz shall be based on mean roof height h.

Replace Table 1609.6.2(1) with the following table:


[S4682]

1609.8 change to read as follows:

1609.8 Rooftop structures and equipment. The lateral force on rooftop structures and equipment with Af less than (0.1Bh) located on buildings of all heights shall be determined from Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which the value of GCf is shall be taken as 3.1. GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 3.1 to 1.1 as the value of Af is increased from (0.1Bh) to (Bh). The value of G from Section 26.9 of ASCE 7 6.5.8 shall not be used. Additionally, a simultaneous uplift force shall be applied, given by Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which GCf = 1.5 and Af is replaced by the horizontal projected area, Ar, of the rooftop structure or equipment. For the uplift force GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.5 to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from (0.1BL) to (BL).

[S4685]


Table 1612.1 Change to read as shown.

The corrected parts are shown highlighted

Table 1612.1

CROSS REFERENCES DEFINING FLOOD RESISTANT PROVISIONS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE

Florida Building Code – Building Section Section

Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 14 Exterior Walls 102 Applicability 1403 Performance Requirements 107 Construction Documents 110 Inspections Chapter 16 Structural Design 111 Certificates of Occupancy and

Completion 1601 General

1603 Construction Documents Chapter 2 Definitions 1605 Load Combinations

202 Definitions 1612 Flood Loads

Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based on Use and Occupancy

Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations

419 Hospitals 1801 General 420 Nursing Homes 1803 1804 Excavation, Grading and Fill 424 Swimming Pools and Bathing

Places (Public And Private) 1807 Dampproofing and

Waterproofing

Chapter 8 Interior Finishes Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems

801 General 3001 General

Chapter 12 Interior Environment Chapter 31 Special Construction 1203 Ventilation 3102 Membrane Structures

Florida Building Code – Residential

Section Section Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 22 Special Piping and Storage

Systems 202 Definitions M2201 Oil Tanks

Chapter 3 Building Planning Chapter 24 Fuel Gas


R301 Design Criteria G2404 (301) General R309 Garages and Carports R322 Flood Resistant Construction Chapter 26 General Plumbing

Requirements P2601 General

Chapter 4 Foundations R401 General Chapter 27 Plumbing Fixtures R408 Under-Floor Space P2705 Installation

Chapter 13 General Mechanical System

Requirements Chapter 30 Sanitary Drainage

M1301 General P3001 General

Chapter 14 Heating and Cooling Equipment

Chapter 31 Vents

M1401 General P3101 Vent Systems

Chapter 16 Duct Systems Chapter 41 Swimming Pools M1601 Duct Construction R4101 Private Swimming Pools

Chapter 17 Combustion Air Chapter 44 High-Velocity Hurricane Zones

M1701 General R4403 High-Velocity Hurricane Zones – General

Chapter 20 Boilers and Water Heaters

M2001 Boilers

Florida Building Code – Existing Section Section

Chapter 1 Administration Chapter 10 Additions 101 General 1003 Structural

Chapter 2

202

Definitions

Definitions

Chapter 3 Prescriptive Compliance Method

Chapter 11 Historic Buildings

302

303

304

Additions

Alterations

Repairs

1101 General

Chapter 5 Repairs Chapter 12 Relocated or Moved Buildings

501 General 1202 Requirements


506 Structural Chapter 13 Performance Compliance

Methods Chapter 6 Alterations – Level I 1301 General

601 General

Florida Building Code – Mechanical Section Section

Chapter 3 General Regulations Chapter 6 Duct Systems M301 General M602 Plenums

M603 Duct Construction and Installation

Chapter 4 Ventilation M401 General Chapter 12 Hydronic Piping

M1206 Piping Installation Chapter 5 Exhaust Systems

M501 General Chapter 13 Fuel Oil Piping and Storage M1305 Fuel Oil System Installation

Florida Building Code – Plumbing Section

Chapter 3 General Regulations P309 Flood Hazard Resistance

Florida Building Code – Fuel Gas

Section Chapter 3 General Regulations

FG301 General

[S4506]

1612.5 Flood hazard documentation. Change to read as shown.

1612.5 Flood hazard documentation. The following documentation shall be prepared and sealed by a registered design professional and shall be submitted to the building official:

1. For construction in flood hazard areas not subject to high-velocity wave action:

1.1. The elevation of the lowest floor, including basement, as required by the foundation inspection and the final inspection in Section 110.3 109.3.


1.2. For fully enclosed areas below the design flood elevation where provisions to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters do not meet the minimum requirements in Section 2.6.2.1, ASCE 24, construction documents shall include a statement that the design will provide for equalization of hydrostatic flood forces in accordance with Section 2.6.2.2 of ASCE 24.

1.3. For dry floodproofed nonresidential buildings, construction documents shall include a statement that the dry floodproofing is designed in accordance with ASCE 24.

2. For construction in flood hazard areas subject to high-velocity wave action:

2.1. The elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member as required by the foundation inspection and the final inspection in Section 110.3 109.3.

remainder not shown

[S4512]

1615.2.1 Fences. – Change to read as shown.

1615.2.1 Fences. Fences not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) in height from grade maybe designed for 75 mph(33 m/s) fastest mile wind speed or 115 90 mph (40 m/s) 3-second gust.

[S4686]

1620.2 – Change to read as shown.

1620.2 Wind velocity (3-second gust) used in structural calculations shall be as follows: 140 miles per hour (63 m/s) in Broward County and 146 miles per hour (65 m/s) in Miami-Dade County.

Miami-Dade County

Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 175 165 mph

Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 185 175 mph

Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 195 186 mph

Broward County

Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 160156 mph

Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 170 mph


Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 180 mph

[S4799]

1620.6 Rooftop structures and equipment. – Change to read as shown.

1620.6 Rooftop structures and equipment. The lateral force on rooftop structures and equipment with Af less than (0.1Bh) located on buildings of all heights shall be determined from Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which the value of GCf is shall be taken as 3.1. GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 3.1 to 1.1 as the value of Af is increased from (0.1Bh) to (Bh). The value of G from Section 26.9 of ASCE 7 6.5.8 shall not be used. Additionally, a simultaneous uplift force shall be applied, given by Equation 29.5-1 of ASCE 7 Eq. 6-28 in which GCf = 1.5 and Af is replaced by the horizontal projected area, Ar, of the rooftop structure or equipment. For the uplift force GCf shall be permitted to be reduced linearly from 1.5 to 1.0 as the value of Ar is increased from (0.1BL) to (BL).

[S4689]

Table 1609.1.2 – Change to read as shown.

(no change to table values)

Note a:

a. This table is based on a Vasd, determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1 of 140 mph wind speeds and a 45-foot mean roof height.

[4676]

TABLE 1625.4 FATIGUE LOADING SEQUENCE – Change to read as shown.

TABLE 1625.4 FATIGUE LOADING SEQUENCE

RANGE OF TEST NUMBER OF CYCLES1 0 to 0.5pmax

2 600 0 to 0.6pmax 70 0 to 1.3pmax 1

1. Each cycle shall have minimum duration of 1 second and a maximum duration of 3 seconds and must be performed in a continuous manner. 2. pmax = 0.6 x ultimate design load in accordance with ASCE7.the design wind load for the height and location, when the assembly will be used. For wall and roof components, shape factors given in ASCE 7 shall be used.


[S4802]

TABLE 1626 CYCLIC WIND PRESSURE LOADING - Change to read as shown. TABLE 1626 CYCLIC WIND PRESSURE LOADING

INWARD ACTING PRESSURE OUTWARD ACTING PRESSURE

RANGE NUMBER OF

CYCLES1 RANGE NUMBER OF

CYCLES1 0.2 PMAX to 0.5 PMAX

2 3,500 0.3 PMAX to 1.0 PMAX 50 0.0 PMAX to 0.6 PMAX 300 0.5 PMAX to 0.8 PMAX 1,050 0.5 PMAX to 0.8 PMAX 600 0.0 PMAX to 0.6 PMAX 50 0.3 PMAX to 1.0 PMAX 100 0.2 PMAX to 0.5 PMAX 3,350

NOTES: 1. Each cycle shall have minimum duration of 1 second and a maximum duration of 3 seconds and must be performed in a continuous manner 1. 2. PMAX = 0.6 x ultimate denotes maximum design load in accordance with ASCE 7. The pressure spectrum shall be applied to each test specimen beginning with inward acting pressures followed by the outward acting pressures in the order from the top of each column to the bottom of each column.

[S4803]

Chapter 17 – STRUCTURAL TESTS

1702 – Change to read as shown.

Special Inspection. Reserved.

Special Inspection, Continuous. Reserved.

Special Inspection, Periodic. Reserved.

Structural Observation. Reserved.

[S4693]

1715.5.1 – 1715.9.4 – Change to read as shown.


1715.5.1 The design pressure for window and door assemblies shall be calculated in accordance with component and cladding wind loads in 1609. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.

1715.5.3 Exterior door assemblies. Exterior door assemblies not covered by Section 1715.5.2or Section 1715.5.3.1 shall be tested for structural integrity in accordance with ASTM E 330 Procedure A, at a load of 1.5 times the required design pressure load. The load shall be sustained for 10 seconds with no permanent deformation of any main frame or panel member in excess of 0.4 percent of its span after the load is removed. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. High-velocity hurricane zones shall comply with TAS 202. After each specified loading, there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, or any other damage which causes the door to be inoperable.

(no change to remainder)

1715.5.3.1 Sectional garage doors and rolling doors shall be tested for determination of structural performance under uniform static air pressure difference in accordance with ANSI/DASMA 108, ASTM E 330 Procedure A, or TAS 202. For products tested in accordance with ASTM E 330, testing shall include a load of 1.5 times the required design pressure load sustained for 10 seconds, and acceptance criteria shall be in accordance with ANSI/DASMA 108. (HVHZ shall comply with TAS 202.). The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.

1715.5.5.4 Structural safety factor. Mullions that are tested by an approved testing laboratory shall be capable of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies to be supported. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6. The 1.5 times the design pressure load shall be sustained for 10 seconds, and the permanent deformation shall not exceed 0.2 percent of the mullion span for assemblies requiring deflection limitations, as defined in AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 and 0.4 percent of the mullion span for all other assemblies after the 1.5 times design pressure load is removed. Mullions that are qualified by engineering shall be capable of resisting the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies to be supported without exceeding the allowable stress of the mullion elements.

1715.8.2 The following information shall be included on the labels on impact resistant coverings:

1.Product approval holder name and address.

2.All applicable methods of approval. Methods of approval include, but are not limited to Miami-Dade NOA; Florida Building Commission, TDI Product Evaluation; ICC-ES.

3.The test standard or standards specified at Section 1609.1.2 1609.1.4, including standards referenced within the test standards specified at Section 1609.1.2 1609.1.4 used to demonstrate code compliance.


4. For products with a Florida Product Approval Number or a Miami-Dade County Building Code Compliance Office Notice of Acceptance Number (NOA), such numbers shall be included on the label.

1715.9.4 Installation. All manufactured soffit materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and in accordance with the product approval. Installation instructions shall be provided and shall be available to inspection personnel on the job site. Soffit pieces, components, fasteners, and other parts evaluated by an approved product evaluation entity, certification agency, testing laboratory, architect, or engineer and approved by the holder of the product approval may be interchangeable in manufactured soffit systems provided that the soffit system component or components provide equal or greater structural performance and durability as demonstrated by testing in accordance with approved test standards.

All exterior wall coverings and soffits shall be capable of resisting the design pressures specified for walls for components and cladding loads in accordance with Section 1609.1. Manufactured soffits shall be tested at 1.5 times the design pressure. The design pressures, as determined from ASCE 7, are permitted to be multiplied by 0.6.

[S4694]

1715.5.2.1.2 Skylights and sloped glazing – Change to read as shown.

1715.5.2.1.2 Skylights and sloped glazing. Unit skylights and tubular daylighting devices (TDDs) shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1715.5.2.1.1 and 2405. All skylights and sloped glazing shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 24.

[S4575]

1715.8.2 – Change to read as shown.

1715.8.2 The following information shall be included on the labels on impact resistant coverings:

1. Product approval holder name and address.

2. All applicable methods of approval. Methods of approval include, but are not limited to Miami-Dade NOA; Florida Building Commission, TDI Product Evaluation; ICC-ES.

3. The test standard or standards specified at Section 1609.1.4, including standards referenced within the test standards specified at Section 1609.1.4 used to demonstrate code compliance.

4. For products with a Florida Product Approval Number or a Miami-Dade County Building and Neighborhood Code Compliance Office Department Notice of Acceptance Number (NOA), such numbers shall be included on the label.

[S4530]


Chapter 18 - Soils and Foundations

1807.2 – 1807.2.4 – Change to read as shown.

1807.2 Retaining walls 1807.1 General. Walls built to retain or support the lateral pressure of earth or water or other superimposed loads shall be designed and constructed of masonry, concrete, steel sheet piling or other approved materials.

1807.2.1 Design. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist the design lateral soil loads in Section 1610, including both dead and live load surcharges to which such walls are subjected, and to ensure stability against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water uplift.

1807.2.2 1807.3 Hydrostatic pressure. Unless drainage is provided, the hydrostatic head of the water pressure shall be assumed to be equal to the height of the wall.

1807.2.3 1807.4 Reinforced masonry retaining walls. Vertical reinforcement for masonry retaining walls shall comply with Table 1806.4 or shall be designed in accordance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. Masonry shall be fully grouted with a minimum f’m of 1,500 psi (10 343 kPa). Mortar for masonry shall be Type M or S and laid in running bond. The specified location of the reinforcement shall equal or exceed the effective depth distance, d, noted in Table 1807.2.3 1806.4 and shall be measured from the exposed side of the wall to the center of the vertical reinforcement. Footings for reinforced masonry retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with ACI 318.

1807.2.4 1807.5 Segmental retaining walls. Segmental retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls.

TABLE 1807.2.3 1807.4

REINFORCEMENT FOR MASONRY RETAINING WALLS

(no change to table values

[S4696]


Table 1808.8.1

Change table rows as follows

1. Foundations for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C

2a. Reserved Foundations for Group R or U occupancies of light-frame construction, two stories or less in height,

assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 2,500 psi

2b. Reserved Foundations for other structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F 3,000 psi

[S4698]

1809.5 Fire Protection – Change to read as shown.

1809.5 Frost protection. Except where otherwise protected from frost, foundations and other permanent supports of buildings and structures shall be protected from frost by one or more of the following methods:

1. Extending below the frost line of the locality;

2. Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32; or

3. Erecting on solid rock.

Exception: Free-standing buildings meeting all of the following

conditions shall not be required to be protected:

1. Assigned to Risk Occupancy Category I, in accordance with Section 1604.5;

2. Area of 600 square feet (56m2) or less for light-frame construction or 400 square feet (37 m2) or less for

other than light-frame construction; and

3. Eave height of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less.


Shallow foundations shall not bear on frozen soil unless such frozen condition is of a permanent character.

[S4700]

1809.10 Pier and curtain wall foundations. – Change to read as shown.

Reserved. Except in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F, pier and curtain wall foundations shall be permitted to be used to support light-frame construction not more than two stories above grade plane, provided the following requirements are met: 1. All load-bearing walls shall be placed on continuous concrete footings bonded integrally with the exterior wall footings. 2. The minimum actual thickness of a load-bearing masonry wall shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm)nominal or 35/8 inches (92 mm) actual thickness, and shall be bonded integrally with piers spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) on center (o.c.).

3. Piers shall be constructed in accordance with Chapter 21 and the following: 3.1. The unsupported height of the masonry piers shall not exceed 10 times their least dimension. 3.2. Where structural clay tile or hollow concrete masonry units are used for piers supporting beams and girders, the cellular spaces shall be filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mortar. Exception: Unfilled hollow piers shall be permitted where the unsupported height of the pier is not more than four times its least dimension.

3.3. Hollow piers shall be capped with 4 inches (102 mm) of solid masonry or concrete or the cavities of the top course shall be filled with concrete or grout. 4. The maximum height of a 4-inch (102 mm) load-bearing masonry foundation wall supporting wood frame walls and floors shall not be more than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height. 5. The unbalanced fill for 4-inch (102 mm) foundation walls shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for solid masonry, nor 12 inches (305 mm) for hollow masonry.

[S4702]

Chapter 19 Concrete 1918.1 and 1918.2, revise as follows: 1918.1 Reinforced concrete components. The design and construction of reinforced concrete components for buildings sited in areas where the ultimate design wind speed, Vult, is with a basic wind speed greater than 115 100 mph (45 m/s) in accordance with Figure 1609 shall conform to the requirements of ACI 318 or with Section 1609.1.1, Exception 1 3, as applicable, except as modified in this section.


1918.2 Insulated concrete form wall. Insulated concrete form (ICF) wall construction for buildings shall be in accordance with ACI 318 or with Section 1609.1.1, Exception 1 2, as applicable. Comment after Glitch

Chapter 20 – ALUMINUM


2002.4 – Change to read as shown (below).

[S4628]


2003.9.2 Sunroom Categories – Change to read as shown.

2003.9.2 Sunroom Categories.Sunroom Categories. For the purpose of applying the criteria of the AAMA Standard for sunrooms based on the intended use, s Sunrooms shall be categorized in one of the following categories by the permit applicant, design professional, or the property owner where the sunroom is being constructed.

[S4629]

Chapter 21 – MASONRY

2102 – revise to add the following definition:

GLASS UNIT MASONRY. Masonry composed of glass units bonded by mortar.


2107.5 TMS 402/ ACI 530/ASCE 5. – Change to read as shown.

2107.5 TMS 402/ ACI 530/ASCE 5. (no change.

y g = 1.0 for No. 3 (M#10) through No. 5 (M#16) bars;

y g = 1.04 for No. 6 (M#19) through No. 7 (M#22) bars; and

y g = 1.2 for No. 8 (M#25) through No. 11 (M#36) bars

The symbol should be a y. The system changes it to a ?

[S4630]


2122.8.2 – Change to read as shown.

2122.8.2 Vertical cells to be grouted shall provided vertical alignment sufficient to maintain clear, unobstructed, continuous, vertical cores measuring not less than 2 ½ inches by 3 inches (51 mm by 76 mm) for fine aggregate grout and 3 inches by 3 inches for coarse aggregate grout as defined by ASTM C 476. The architect or engineer may specify other grout space sizes which shall be permitted provided they comply with TMS 402/ ACI 530/ ASCE 5 Section 1.19 and TMS 602/ ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6 Section 3.5C

[S4631]

Chapter 22 – STEEL

2205.3.1 Seismic Design Categories D, E and F. – Change to read as shown.

2205.3.1 Seismic Design Categories D, E and F. Reserved. Composite structures are permitted in Seismic Design Categories D , E and F, subject to the limitations in Section 12.2.1 of ASCE 7, where substantiating evidence is provided to demonstrate that the proposed system will perform as intended by AISC 341, Part II. The substantiating evidence shall be subject to building official approval. Where composite elements or connections are required to sustain inelastic deformations, the substantiating evidence shall be based on cyclic testing.

[S4703]

2206.5 Certification. – Change to read as shown.

2206.5 Certification. At completion of manufacture, the steel joist manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance in accordance with Section 1704.2.2 stating that work was performed in accordance with approved construction documents and with SJI standard specifications.

[S4704]

Chapter 23 – WOOD

2318.1.3.3 – Change to read as shown.

2318.1.3.3 Stud walls framing into base plates of exterior walls and interior bearing walls resting on masonry or concrete shall be anchored past the plate to the masonry or concrete, or shall be anchored to a sill plate which is anchored in accordance with Section 2318.1.4.1 when the net wind uplift is up to 500 300 pounds per foot (4378 N/m).

[S4705]


Chapter 24 – GLASS & GLAZING

2404.1 Vertical glass. - 2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass– Change to read as shown.

2404.1 Vertical glass. Glass sloped 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or less from vertical in windows, curtain and window walls, doors and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads for components and cladding. The load resistance of glass under uniform load shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E 1300. Design of exterior windows and glass doors in accordance with Section 2404.1 shall utilize the same edition of ASTM E 1300 used for testing in accordance with Section 1715.5 1714.5. The design of vertical glazing shall be based on the following equation:

Fgw £ Fga (Equation 24-1)

where:

Fgw is the wind load on the glass computed in accordance with Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60 and Fga is the short duration load resistance of the glass as determined in accordance with ASTM E 1300.

2404.2 Sloped glass. (no change)

Wi = Inward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

Wo = Outward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

2404.3.1 Vertical wired glass. (no change)

Fgw = Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

2404.3.3 Vertical patterned glass. (no change)


Fgw = Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass. (no change)

Fg = Total Is the wind load on the glass computed per Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

[S4706]

2405.5.2 Unit skylights – Change to read as shown.

2405.5.2 Unit skylights rated for separate performance grades for positive and negative design pressure. (no change)

Wo = Outward wind force, psf (kN/m2) as calculated in Section 1609 multiplied by 0.60.

(*2 places*)

[S4707]


2411.3.3.7 Exterior lite of glass in an insulated glass unit shall be safety glazed. Exceptions: 1. Large missile impact-resistant glazed assemblies. 2. Non-missile impact units protected with shutters.

[S4818]

Chapter 25 – GYPSUM BOARD & PLASTER

2508.5 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings – Change to read as shown.

2508.5 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings (Allowable stress design). Gypsum board shall be permitted to be used on wood joists to create a horizontal diaphragm ceiling in accordance with Table 2508.5.


TABLE 2508.5

ALLOWABLE SHEAR CAPACITY FOR HORIZONTAL WOOD FRAMED GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGM CEILING ASSEMBLIES

(no change to table values)

[S4708]


2516.2.4.1 Stucco applied on metal lath shall be three-coat work applied to a total thickness of not less than1/2 7/8-inch (12.7 22.2 mm)thickness except as required to meet fire-resistance requirements.

[S4709]

2517.2 Standards – Change to read as shown.

2517.2 Standards. The following standards are adopted as set forth in Chapter 35. Standard Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard, ANSI A97.1.

Application and finishing of gypsum wallboard GA-216-07

Fire resistance Design Manual GA-600-06

[S4757]

Chapter 30 – ELEVATORS & CONVEYING SYSTEMS

3001.3 Accessibility. Change to read as shown.

3001.3 Accessibility. Passenger elevators are required to be accessible by the Florida Building Code, Accessibility by Chapter 11. shall conform to ICC A117.1.

[S4727]


3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Change to read as shown.

3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate an ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stories above, or four or more stories below, grade plane, or where the rise exceeds 25 feet, at least one elevator shall be provided for Any building that is more than three stories high or in which the vertical distance between the bottom terminal landing and the top terminal landing exceeds 25 feet,must be constructed to contain at least one passenger elevator that is operational for building occupants and fire department emergency access to all floors. The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24-inches by 76-inches (610 mm by 1950 mm) with not less than 5-inch radius corners in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life). The symbol shall not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoistway door frame.

[SP4597]

SECTION 3013

ALTERATIONS TO ELECTRIC AND HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

REVISE Section 3013.1 and REPLACE Section 3013.1 to read as shown.

3013.1 Alterations to electric and hydraulic elevators and escalators.

Alterations set forth in Part 8, ASME A17.1 to include any change to equipment, including its parts, components, and/or subsystems, other than maintenance, repair, or replacement; require an elevator construction permit, along with documented performance of inspections and tests to determine conformance with ASME A17.1. A repair or replacement of equipment, parts, components or subsystems that requires inspection, tests and independent witnessing in other sections of ASME A17.1, A17.3 and A18.1 shall also require an elevator construction permit. , in accordance with Section 105, Florida Building Code, Building.

[SP4608]

Chapter 31 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

3102.7 Engineering design. – Change to read as shown.

3102.7 Engineering design. The structure shall be designed and constructed to sustain dead loads; loads due to tension or inflation; and live loads including wind loads and flood in accordance with Chapter 16.


[S4513]

3105.4.2.1 revise to read as follows:

3105.4.2.1 The wind design loads for any fabric or membrane-covered structure designed with a quick removal or breakaway membrane or fabric at wind velocities of 75 mph, shall be based on the following criteria:

1. Minimum wind speed velocity of 3-second wind gust 105 90 mph

2. Importance factor based on low hazard to human life of 0.77.

2 3. Exposure Category B, for or C, or D as defined in Chapter 16.

3105.4.2.2 The wind design loads for any fabric or membrane covered structure designed with a permanent or nonremovable fabric or membrane, shall be based on the following criteria:

1. Minimum wind speed velocity as required in Chapter 16 using Figure 1609C..

2. Importance factor based on low hazard to human life of 0

2. Exposure B, C or D as defined in Chapter 16.

3105.5.1 revise to read as follows:

3105.5.1 Loads. Rigid awnings and canopy shutters shall be designed to resist the loads set forth in Chapter 16 of this Code except that structures or parts thereof which are intended to be removed or repositioned during periods of high wind velocity shall be designed in their open or extended position to design pressures based on a basic wind speed of minimum 115 90 mph, 3-second wind gust with applicable shape factors and to resist not less than 10 psf (478 Pa) roof live load.

[S4710]

3109.1.1 Scope. Revise to read as shown.

3109.1.1 Scope. The provisions of Section 3109 shall ensure that structures located seaward of the coastal construction control line are designed to resist the predicted forces associated with a 100-year storm event and shall apply to the following:


1. All habitable structures which extend wholly or partially seaward of a coastal construction control line (CCCL) or 50-foot (15.3 m) setback line.

2. Substantial improvement of or additions to existing habitable structures.

3. Swimming pools that are located in close proximity to a habitable structure or armoring. An environmental permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, requiring special siting considerations to protect the beach-dune system, proposed or existing structures and public beach access, is required prior to the start of construction. The environmental permit may condition the nature, timing and sequence of construction of permitted activities to provide protection to nesting sea turtles and hatchlings and their habitat, including review, submittal and approval of lighting plans.

Exception: The standards for buildings seaward of a CCCL area do not apply to any modification, maintenance or repair of any existing structure within the limits of the existing foundation which does not require, involve or include any additions to, or repair or modification of, the existing foundation of that structure. , except for substantial improvement of or additions to existing habitable structures.

An environmental permit from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, requiring special siting considerations to protect the beach-dune system, proposed or existing structures and public beach access, is required prior to the start of construction. The environmental permit may condition the nature, timing and sequence of construction of permitted activities to provide protection to nesting sea turtles and hatchlings and their habitat, including review, submittal and approval of lighting plans.


Chapter 35 – REFERENCED STANDARDS

Building Chapter 35 - Referenced Standards – Change to read as shown.

ASME

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Three Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016-5990

Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number

REVISE text as shown.


A17.1 - 1990 11-4.10

A17.1/CSA B44-2007 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators includes A17.1a-- 2008 and A17.1b-2009 Addenda, 1607.8.1, 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.4, 3001.6, 3002.5, 3002.9, 3003.2, 3007.1, 3008.3, 3008.11.5, 3008.14.1, 3010.1, 3011.1, 3012.1, 3013.1

A17.3—96 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators 3001.1, 3001.2, 3001.5

A18.1—08 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts 3001.1, 3001.2

A90.1 - 03 Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts 3001.2

A120.1—01 Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for Building Maintenance 3001.6

B20.1 - 2003 Safet Standard for Conveyors and related equipment 3001.2, 3005.3

[SP4724]

AAF – Change to read as shown.

Revisions to the AAF Guide:

General Notes: Chapter 2

Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 201) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 201.







4) Allowable Roof Panel Spans (Table 601) are for industry standard generic panel products, alternate roof panel approved equivalent products may be substituted based upon a Florida Product Approval, in accordance with design pressures specified in Table 601.



[S4632]

AAMA –– Change to read as shown.

AAMA

American Architectural Manufacturers Association

1827 Waldon Walden Office Square, Suite 104 550

Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268

[CA4589]

ANSI – Change to read as shown.

ANSI American National Standards Institute 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor New York, NY 10036 A 97.1 Specification for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard 2517.2

[S4759]

ASCE/SEI – Change to read as shown.

ASCE/SEI

American Society of Civil Engineers


Structural Engineering Institute

1801 Alexander Bell Drive

Reston, VA 20191-4400

7-10 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures (with Errata dated January 11, 2011)

[S4711]

ASTM – Change to read as shown.

ASTM

ASTM International

100 Barr Harbor Drive

West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959

Standard reference number Title Referenced in code section number

…

C 509-00 Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gaskets and Sealing Material 2411.3.4

…

C 864-05 Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers ________________________________________ 2411.3.4

…

C 1115-00 Dense Elastomeric Silicone Rubber Gaskets and Accessories 2411.3.4

…

E 2203-02 Dense Thermoplastic Elastomers Used for Compression Seals, Gaskets, Setting Blocks, Spacers and Accessories 2411.3.4

[S4806]


Florida Building Code, Accessibility – Change to read as shown.

Florida Building Code, Accessibility Ch. 11 FBC-B—2012 Ch. 11, Florida Building Code, Building (Florida Accessible Code for Building Construction) 101.4.8, 104.11.3, 201.5, 403.1.1, 406.2.2, 412.1.6, 423.10.2.8.7, 423.27.4, 423.28.2.4, 427.1.4.1.1.3, 427.1.4.4.1, 427.1.4.4.2, 1003.3.4, 1003.5.3, 1007.1, 1008.1, 1009.5.3, 1009.11.8, 1009.14, 1010.1, 1010.8, 1010.9, 1208.2, 3001.3

[SP4731]

Appendix F – Change to read as shown.

APPENDIX F

Rodent Proofing

The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance.

SECTION F101

GENERAL

F101.1 General. Buildings or structures and the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored, prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section.

F101.2 Foundation wall ventilation openings. Foundation wall ventilator openings shall be covered for their height and width with perforated sheet metal plates no less than 0.070 inch (1.8 mm) thick, expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2 mm) thick, cast iron grills or grating, extruded aluminum load-bearing vents or with hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier. The openings therein shall not exceed 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).


F101.3 Foundation and exterior wall sealing. Annular spaces around pipes, electric cables, conduits, or other openings in the walls shall be protected against the passage of rodents by closing such openings with cement mortar, concrete masonry or noncorrosive metal.

F101.4 Doors. Doors on which metal protection has been applied shall be hinged so as to be free swinging. When closed, the maximum clearance between any door, door jambs and sills shall not be greater than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm).

F101.5 Windows and other openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light or ventilation located in exterior walls within 2 feet (610 mm) above the existing ground level immediately below such opening shall be covered for their entire height and width, including frame, with hardware cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.

F101.5.1 Rodent-accessible openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light and ventilation in the exterior walls not covered in this chapter, accessible to rodents by way of exposed pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances, shall be covered with wire cloth of at least 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire. In lieu of wire cloth covering, said pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances shall be blocked from rodent usage by installing solid sheet metal guards 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick or heavier. Guards shall be fitted around pipes, wires, conduits or other appurtenances. In addition, they shall be fastened securely to and shall extend perpendicularly from the exterior wall for a minimum distance of 12 inches (305 mm) beyond and on either side of pipes, wires, conduits or appurtenances.

F101.6 Pier and wood construction.

F101.6.1 Sill less than 12 inches above ground. Buildings not provided with a continuous foundation shall be provided with protection against rodents at grade by providing either an apron in accordance with Section F101.6.1.1 or a floor slab in accordance with Section F101.6.1.2.

F101.6.1.1 Apron. Where an apron is provided, the apron shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm) above, nor less than 24 inches (610 mm) below, grade. The apron shall not terminate below the lower edge of the siding material. The apron shall be constructed of an approved nondecayable, water-resistant rodentproofing material of required strength and shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the building. Where constructed of masonry or concrete materials, the apron shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness.


F101.6.1.2 Grade floors. Where continuous concrete grade floor slabs are provided, open spaces shall not be left between the slab and walls, and openings in the slab shall be protected.

F101.6.2 Sill at or above 12 inches above ground. Buildings not provided with a continuous foundation and which have sills 12 or more inches (305 mm) above the ground level shall be provide with protection against rodents at grade in accordance with any of the following:

1. Section F101.6.1.1 or F101.6.1.2;

2. By installing solid sheet metal collars at least 0.024 inch (0.6 mm) thick at the top of each pier or pile and around each pipe, cable, conduit, wire or other item which provides a continuous pathway from the ground to the floor; or

3. By encasing the pipes, cables, conduits or wires in an enclosure constructed in accordance with Section F101.6.1.1.

[SP4764]


Why test for OSHPD seismic compliance? It is obvious that hospitals are critical for post earthquake recovery. Equally obvious is that elevators are critical to the post earthquake functioning of hospitals. Such critical components are recognized in ASCE 7 as “Designated Seismic Systems” and carry a certification requirement shown in 13.2.2 of that document which reads in part: “Active mechanical and electrical equipment that must remain operable following the design earthquake ground motion shall be certified by the manufacturer as operable whereby active parts or energized components shall be certified exclusively on the basis of approved shake table testing in accordance with Section 13.2.5 or experience data in accordance with Section 13.2.6 unless it can be shown that the component is inherently rugged by comparison with similar seismically qualified components…” What makes elevators almost unique among non-structural components is that their design and manufacture is subject to a set of ANSI recognized requirements. These requirements, ANSI/ASME A17.1, cover the strength requirements for almost all sub-components of an elevator system, quite often at force levels well beyond the maximum design earthquake for the state of California. The importance of testing is shown where the maintenance of anchorage is insufficient to prove continued operation after a design earthquake. Starting at the top of the building, here are the major components of elevator systems: Hoisting machine, deflector sheaves, supports, etc. - designed to twice the sum of the tensions in the suspension ropes. These components aren’t susceptible to lateral forces beyond overturning. Overspeed governors - A17.1 provides operational requirements, but no strength requirements. Shake table testing may be required. Controller & drive - no strength requirements in A17.1 plus internal complexity requires shake table testing. Standalone transformers - No strength requirements in A17.1 nor seismic requirements in the NEC. Overturning resistance shown by calculation. Elevator frame & cab - A17.1 prescribes loading and allowable stresses. Consider emergency braking and safety sets.

ATTACHMENT C Page 1 of 2

Rails & rail brackets - loading and strength prescribed. Anchorage calculations should suffice to show compliance. Hoistway switches - function covered by A17.1. Strength and displacement resistance can be shown by calculation. Entrance doors & frames - vertical and horizontal strength requirements as well as fire resistance requirements in A17.1. Buffer - strength requirements in A17.1. Overturning resistance shown by calculation.

ATTACHMENT C Page 2 of 2

July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

NE

II A

gend

a Ite

mAS

ME

A17.

1 R

evis

ion

to M

CP

Sect

ion

8.6.

2.1

> N

ext 1

stco

nsid

erat

ion

ballo

t will

be

out b

y ea

rly A

ugus

t.

>Tar

get t

o ha

ve c

ode

read

y fo

r A17

.1–

2013

.

> C

anad

a an

d ot

herA

HJ’

sar

e co

nsid

erin

g im

plem

entin

gad

min

istra

tivel

y th

e ap

prov

ed re

vise

d co

de b

efor

e co

de a

dopt

ion

ATTACHMENT D Page 1 of 6

July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

Sum

mar

y of

MC

P re

visi

on c

ode

prop

osal

•8.

6.1.

2.1:

The

prop

osal

for t

he M

CP

is th

at it

add

ress

loca

lco

nditi

ons

as s

peci

fied

in 8

.6.1

.2.1

.

Thes

e co

nditi

ons

may

cha

nge

and

the

party

per

form

ing

mai

nten

ance

mus

t add

ress

the

chan

ging

con

ditio

ns.

It is

inte

nded

that

the

MC

P sh

ould

incl

ude

mai

nten

ance

requ

irem

ents

from

the

man

ufac

ture

r/ins

talle

rder

ived

from

On-

Site

Equi

pmen

t Doc

umen

tatio

nth

at h

as b

een

crea

ted

to fa

cilit

ate

subs

eque

nt s

ervi

ce p

rovi

ders

in d

evel

opin

g a

mai

nten

ance

sch

edul

ean

d M

CP

that

fit t

heir

serv

ice

mod

el a

nd to

ols.


July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

Sum

mar

y of

MC

P re

visi

on c

ode

prop

osal

•8.

6.1.

2.1:

MC

P. I

nclu

des

all c

ode

requ

ired

task

s, m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s,ex

amin

atio

ns a

nd te

sts

for m

aint

enan

ce o

f equ

ipm

ent c

over

ed w

ithin

the

scop

e of

AS

ME

A17

.1/C

SA

B44

8.6

.4 th

ru 8

.6.1

1. T

he M

CP

refe

renc

es8.

6.1.

2.2

and

8.6.

1.4

as n

eces

sary

.

•8.

6.1.

2.2:

On-

site

equ

ipm

ent d

ocum

enta

tion

is a

new

sec

tion

that

cons

olid

ates

and

incl

udes

doc

umen

tatio

n th

at m

ust b

e ke

pt in

har

d co

py o

n-si

te fo

r the

life

of t

he e

quip

men

t suc

h as

wiri

ng d

iagr

ams,

uni

que

task

s,un

ique

mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res,

uni

que

exam

inat

ions

, uni

que

test

s, a

ndot

her c

ode

requ

ired

writ

ten

proc

edur

es.

•8.

6.1.

4 O

n-si

te m

aint

enan

ce re

cord

s co

nsol

idat

es re

cord

s th

at m

ust b

eav

aila

ble

on s

ite in

the

follo

win

g:–

8.6.

1.4.

1 re

cord

s to

reco

rd th

e co

mpl

etio

n of

all

asso

ciat

ed m

aint

enan

ceta

sks

spec

ified

in th

e M

CP

8.6.

1.2.

1 (c

).–

8.6.

1.4.

2 R

epai

r and

repl

acem

ent r

ecor

ds–

8.6.

1.4.

3 O

ther

reco

rds


July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

Pro

pose

d ne

w s

ectio

ns

On-

site

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

(8.6

.1.4

.1)

MC

P R

ecor

ds 8

.6.1

.4.1

(a)

(Log

vie

wab

le o

n-si

te)

MC

P R

ecor

ds (

8.6.

1.4.

1(b)

) co

vers

repa

irs

(8.6

.2)

and

repl

acem

ents

(8.6

.3)

no m

atte

r w

hat t

he r

easo

n–

sche

dule

d or

uns

ched

uled

vis

it (

log

view

able

on

site

)

MC

P R

ecor

ds (

8.6.

1.4.

1(c)

)co

vers

Oil

usa

ge (

Wri

tten

Log

kep

t on-

site

)Fi

refi

ghte

r se

rvic

e (W

ritt

en lo

gke

pt o

n-si

te)

Per

iodi

c te

sts

(tes

t tag

s)R

epla

cem

ent c

rite

ria

com

plia

nce

reco

rds

(Wri

tten

log

kept

on-

site

)


July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

Thre

e m

ain

ballo

t con

cern

s

•Th

ere

is a

gro

up o

n th

e co

mm

ittee

pus

hing

for:

–C

allb

ack

logs

to b

e ke

pt a

nd re

tain

ed o

n si

te. T

he b

allo

t pro

posa

ldo

es n

ot re

quire

cal

lbac

k to

be

kept

on

site

(see

8.6

.1.4

.2 in

yello

w o

f the

atta

ched

).

–M

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s, s

uch

as b

rake

adj

ustm

ent

proc

edur

es, b

e ke

pt in

the

MC

P, n

ot ju

st th

ose

proc

edur

esal

read

y re

quire

d by

cod

e as

pro

pose

d in

the

ballo

t, (s

ee8.

6.1.

2.2

in th

e at

tach

ed).

–Fo

rmat

of i

nfor

mat

ion

disp

laye

d on

com

plet

ed m

aint

enan

ceta

sks

be m

anda

tory

for a

ll m

etho

ds o

f pro

vidi

ng it

. The

bal

lot

prop

osal

pro

vide

s a

non-

man

dato

ry fo

rmat

in th

e ap

pend

ix. (

See

8.6.

1.4.

1(a)

)


July

20,

201

1S

CH

IND

LER

ELE

VA

TOR

CP

RP

OR

ATI

ON

Vin

cent

.Rob

iber

o

Rec

omm

enda

tion

to N

EII

•S

uppo

rt th

e ba

llot p

ropo

sal


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

Prop

osal

for F

irst C

onsi

dera

tion

Bal

lot

With

con

curr

ent R

evie

w a

nd C

omm

ent t

o th

e A

17 M

RR

Jun

e 29

201

1N

EXT

ME

ETIN

G T

O A

NS

WER

NE

XT F

IRST

CO

NSI

DER

ATIO

N W

ILL

BE A

T M

R&R

ME

ETIN

G IN

NEW

OR

LEAN

S O

N S

EPT

EMB

ER 1

3.

Back

grou

nd:I

t is

reco

mm

ende

d th

at th

e re

view

erre

ad th

e pr

opos

al a

nd ra

tiona

le in

its

entir

ety

befo

rere

sear

chin

g th

e cu

rren

t req

uire

men

ts. T

hefo

llow

ing

prov

ides

gui

danc

e to

iden

tify

thos

e re

quire

men

ts th

at h

ave

been

relo

cate

d an

d / o

r cha

nged

in th

is p

ropo

sal.

(Als

o se

e th

ein

form

atio

nal

bloc

k di

agra

mat

end

of t

his

prop

osal

)

Ther

e ar

e A

17.1

TN

s th

at w

ill a

dd s

peci

al n

ew p

roce

dure

s in

to th

e M

CP

and

if p

asse

d w

ill b

e in

corp

orat

ed in

toth

is p

ropo

sal s

uch

asne

w 8

.6.1

.2.2

On-

Site

Equ

ipm

ent D

ocum

enta

tion

8.6.

1.2.

1:Th

e M

CP

mus

t add

ress

loca

l con

ditio

ns a

s sp

ecifi

ed in

8.6

.1.2

.1.

Thes

e co

nditi

ons

may

cha

nge

and

the

party

per

form

ing

mai

nten

ance

mus

t add

ress

the

chan

ging

con

ditio

ns.

It is

inte

nded

that

the

MC

P sh

ould

incl

ude

mai

nten

ance

requ

irem

ents

from

the

man

ufac

ture

r/ins

talle

rde

rived

from

On-

Site

Equi

pmen

t Doc

umen

tatio

n th

at h

as b

een

crea

ted

to fa

cilit

ate

subs

eque

nt s

ervi

ce p

rovi

ders

in d

evel

opin

g a

mai

nten

ance

sche

dule

and

MC

P th

at fi

t the

ir se

rvic

e m

odel

and

tool

s.

The

follo

win

g se

ctio

ns h

ave

been

con

solid

ated

and

and

/or n

ewly

form

ed:

8.

6.1.

2.1:

MC

P. I

nclu

des

all c

ode

requ

ired

task

s, m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s,ex

amin

atio

ns a

nd te

sts

for m

aint

enan

ce o

f equ

ipm

ent c

over

ed w

ithin

the

scop

e of

ASM

E A1

7.1/

CSA

B44

8.6

.4 th

ru 8

.6.1

1.Th

e M

CP

refe

renc

es 8

.6.1

.2.2

and

8.6

.1.4

as

nece

ssar

y.

8.6.

1.2.

2: O

n-si

teeq

uipm

ent d

ocum

enta

tion

is a

new

sec

tion

that

con

solid

ates

and

incl

udes

doc

umen

tatio

n th

at m

ust b

e ke

pt in

har

d co

pyon

-site

for t

he li

fe o

f the

equ

ipm

ent

such

as

wiri

ng d

iagr

ams,

uni

que

task

s,un

ique

mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res,

uniq

ue e

xam

inat

ions

,uni

que

test

s, a

nd o

ther

cod

e re

quire

d w

ritte

n pr

oced

ures

.

8.6.

1.4

On-

site

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

cons

olid

ates

reco

rds

that

mus

t be

avai

labl

e on

site

in th

e fo

llow

ing:

o8.

6.1.

4.1

reco

rds

to re

cord

the

com

plet

ion

of a

ll as

soci

ated

mai

nten

ance

task

s sp

ecifi

ed in

the

MC

P 8.

6.1.

2.1

(c).

o8.

6.1.

4.2

Rep

air a

nd re

plac

emen

t rec

ords

o8.

6.1.

4.3

Oth

er re

cord

s

Add

toA

17.1

Sect

ion

1.3,

Def

initi

ons:

mai

nten

ance

proc

edur

e: A

n in

stru

ctio

n or

seq

uenc

e of

inst

ruct

ions

forp

erfo

rmin

g a

spec

ific

task

(s)

mai

nten

ance

task

: An

act

ivity

(wor

k)th

at n

eeds

tobe

acc

ompl

ishe

d

mai

nten

ance

inte

rval

: The

spe

cifie

d pe

riod

betw

een

the

occu

rren

ces

of a

spe

cific

task

.

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am (M

CP)

: A

doc

umen

ted

set o

f tas

ks,m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s,ex

amin

atio

ns a

nd te

sts

to e

nsur

e th

at e

quip

men

t is

mai

ntai

ned

in c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f 8.6

Rat

iona

le(d

efin

ition

s):T

ohe

lpcl

arify

term

sin

prop

osed

revi

sion

sre

gard

ing

the

MC

P,m

aint

enan

cere

cord

s,an

dre

late

ddo

cum

enta

tion

asw

ella

spr

ovid

ecl

arifi

catio

nfo

rthe

pro

pose

dco

dere

visi

ons.

Also

util

izes

sta

ndar

d di

ctio

nary

def

initi

on

Form

atte

d:N

otEx

pand

edby

/Co

nden

sed

by

Del

eted

:¶

ATTACHMENT E Page 1 of 13

TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

2.20

.8.1

Pro

tect

ion

Agai

nst T

ract

ion

Loss

.All

elec

tric

tract

ion

elev

ator

s sh

all b

e pr

ovid

ed w

ith a

trac

tion

loss

det

ectio

n m

eans

to d

etec

t los

s of

tract

ion

betw

een

susp

ensi

on m

embe

rs a

nd d

rive

shea

ve [S

ee 8

.6.1

.2.(f

)(g)

]. Th

is m

eans

sha

ll:(a

) be

base

d up

on th

e ty

pe o

f sus

pens

ion

mem

bers

and

the

appl

icat

ion;

(b) d

etec

t rel

ativ

e m

otio

n (S

ee 2

.20.

11, 8

.10.

2.2.

2(cc

)(3)

and

8.6

.4.1

9.12

) bet

wee

n th

e dr

ive

she

ave

and

susp

ensi

on m

embe

rs b

efor

e an

ysu

spen

sion

mem

ber p

arts

and

func

tion

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith 2

.20.

8.2(

c) in

not

gre

ater

than

the

smal

ler o

f the

follo

win

g:(1

) 45

seco

nds

(2) t

he ti

me

for t

rave

ling

the

full

trave

l, pl

us 1

0s, w

ith a

min

imum

of 2

0s if

the

full

trave

l is

less

than

10s

.(c

) whe

n ac

tuat

ed, c

ause

the

rem

oval

of e

lect

rical

pow

er fr

om th

e dr

ivin

g m

achi

ne m

otor

and

bra

ke. T

he m

eans

sha

ll co

mpl

y w

ith th

ere

quire

men

ts o

f 2.2

6.4.

4, 2

.26.

7, 2

.26.

8.3,

2.2

6.9.

5.3

and

2.26

.9.6

.3. N

o si

ngle

gro

und

shal

l ren

der t

he tr

actio

n lo

ss d

etec

tion

mea

nsin

effe

ctiv

e.(d

) onc

e ac

tuat

ed b

y tra

ctio

n lo

ss, c

ompl

y w

ith th

e fo

llow

ing:

(1) t

he tr

actio

n lo

ss d

etec

tion

mea

ns s

hall

rem

ain

actu

ated

unt

il m

anua

lly re

set,

(2) t

he c

ar s

hall

not s

tart

or ru

n un

less

the

tract

ion

loss

det

ectio

n m

eans

is m

anua

lly re

set.

[See

8.6

.1.2

.1(f)

(g) a

nd 8

.6.1

1.9]

(3) t

he m

anua

l res

et m

eans

sha

ll be

key

-ope

rate

d or

beh

ind

a lo

cked

cov

er. T

he k

ey s

hall

be G

roup

1 S

ecur

ity. (

See

8.1

),(4

) the

rem

oval

or r

esto

ratio

n of

mai

n lin

e po

wer

sha

ll no

t res

et th

e tra

ctio

n lo

ss d

etec

tion

mea

ns.

(e) b

ear

rang

ed to

be

test

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

requ

irem

ents

in 8

.10.

2.2.

2(cc

)(3)

(c) a

nd 8

.6.4

.19.

12.

(f) b

e in

clud

ed in

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am, [

See

8.6.

1.2.

1(f)

(g)]

with

suf

ficie

nt d

etai

l to

ensu

re th

at te

stin

g ca

n be

acc

ompl

ishe

dby

ele

vato

r per

sonn

el.

2.20

.8.2

Bro

ken

susp

ensi

on m

embe

r. A

ll el

ectri

c tra

ctio

n el

evat

ors,

exc

ludi

ng th

ose

with

ste

el w

ire ro

pes

grea

ter t

han

or e

qual

to 8

mm

, sha

ll be

prov

ided

with

a b

roke

n su

spen

sion

mem

ber d

etec

tion

mea

ns. T

he m

eans

sha

ll:(a

) ope

rate

at o

r bef

ore

the

sepa

ratio

n of

a s

uspe

nsio

n m

embe

r.(b

) whe

n ac

tuat

ed, a

utom

atic

ally

func

tion

to s

top

the

car i

n a

cont

rolle

d m

anne

r at o

r bef

ore

the

next

land

ing

for w

hich

a d

eman

d w

asre

gist

ered

, and

the

elev

ator

sha

ll no

t be

perm

itted

to re

star

t exc

ept o

n ho

istw

ay a

cces

s or

insp

ectio

n op

erat

ion,

(c) b

e ar

rang

ed to

be

test

ed in

acc

orda

nce

with

the

requ

irem

ents

in 8

.10.

2.2.

2(qq

)(1)

and

inst

ruct

ions

for t

estin

g sh

all b

e in

clud

ed in

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am, [

See

8.6

.1.2

.1(f)

(g)w

ith s

uffic

ient

det

ail t

o en

sure

that

test

ing

can

be a

ccom

plis

hed

by e

leva

tor p

erso

nnel

.(d

) rem

ain

actu

ated

unt

il m

anua

lly re

set.

Not

e: 2

.20.

8.2(

d) th

is d

oes

not r

equi

re th

e m

eans

itse

lf to

rem

ain

actu

ated

onl

y th

at th

e el

evat

or s

hall

not b

e pe

rmitt

ed to

rest

art e

xcep

t on

hois

tway

acc

ess

or in

spec

tion

oper

atio

n un

til a

man

ual r

eset

is p

erfo

rmed

.

2.20

.8.3

Sus

pens

ion

mem

ber r

esid

ual s

tren

gth.

All

elec

tric

tract

ion

elev

ator

s, e

xclu

ding

thos

e w

ith s

teel

wire

rope

s, s

hall

be p

rovi

ded

with

resi

dual

stre

ngth

det

ectio

n m

eans

. The

mea

ns s

hall:

(a)o

pera

te b

efor

e an

y su

spen

sion

mem

ber i

s re

duce

d in

stre

ngth

to 6

0% o

f its

rate

d br

eaki

ng fo

rce.

(b) w

hen

actu

ated

, aut

omat

ical

ly fu

nctio

n to

sto

p th

e ca

r at t

he n

ext a

vaila

ble

land

ing,

ope

n th

e do

ors,

and

pre

vent

the

elev

ator

from

rest

artin

g ex

cept

on

hois

tway

acc

ess

or in

spec

tion

oper

atio

n,(c

) be

arra

nged

to b

e te

sted

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e re

quire

men

ts in

8.1

0.2.

2.2(

qq)(

2) a

ndin

stru

ctio

ns fo

r tes

ting

shal

l be

incl

uded

in th

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

, [S

ee 8

.6.1

.2.1

(f)(g

)with

suf

ficie

nt d

etai

l to

ensu

re th

atte

stin

g ca

n be

acc

ompl

ishe

d by

ele

vato

r per

sonn

el.

(d) r

emai

n ac

tuat

ed u

ntil

man

ually

rese

t.

Form

atte

d:St

riket

hrou

gh


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

Not

e: 2

.20.

8.3(

d) th

is d

oes

not r

equi

re th

e m

eans

itse

lf to

rem

ain

actu

ated

onl

y th

at th

e el

evat

or s

hall

not b

e pe

rmitt

ed to

rest

art e

xcep

t on

hois

tway

acce

ss o

r ins

pect

ion

oper

atio

n un

til a

man

ual r

eset

is p

erfo

rmed

.

Rat

iona

le: U

pdat

ed re

fere

nces

Tabl

e2.

26.4

.3.2

inN

otes

(c)T

heSI

Lva

lues

spec

ified

inTa

ble

2.26

.4.3

.2ar

eba

sed

ona

proo

f-tes

tfre

quen

cyof

nom

ore

than

half

the

rate

ofde

man

don

the

safe

tyfu

nctio

n.Th

ein

spec

tion

frequ

enci

es p

rovi

ded

inN

onm

anda

tory

Appe

ndix

Nse

rves

asa

refe

renc

eto

this

proo

f-tes

tmai

nten

ance

inte

rval

and

are

addr

esse

din

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

am.S

eere

quire

men

t8.6

.1.4

2.1(

a)(1

).

Rat

iona

le: R

evis

ed re

fere

nce.

8.6.

1.1.

3It

is th

e in

tent

of

8.6

to r

equi

re m

aint

enan

ce to

ass

ure

com

plia

nce

with

the

code

appl

icab

le a

t the

tim

e of

inst

alla

tion

or

alte

ratio

n.It

isno

tth

ein

tent

of8.

6to

requ

ire

chan

ges

toth

eeq

uipm

ent

tom

eet

the

desi

gn,

equi

pmen

tna

mep

late

(s)

orpe

rfor

man

cest

anda

rdot

her

than

thos

esp

ecif

ied

in8.

6.1.

1.2,

unl

ess

spec

ific

ally

stat

ed in

8.6.

(see

8.6.

5.8,

8.6

.8.3

and

8.6

.8.4

.3).

Rat

iona

le:

To

prov

ide

clar

ity o

n th

e sc

ope

of 8

.6 r

equi

rem

ents

.Id

entif

y re

quire

men

ts th

at m

ay m

anda

te c

hang

esto

exi

stin

g eq

uipm

ent.

8.6.

1.2.

1A

writ

ten

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am s

hall

be in

plac

e to

mai

ntai

n th

e eq

uipm

ent i

n co

mpl

ianc

e w

ith th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f 8.6

.(a

)Th

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

sha

ll co

nsis

t of b

utno

t be

limite

d to

(1)

exam

inat

ions

and

mai

nten

ance

ofeq

uipm

ent

atsc

hedu

led

inte

rval

sin

orde

rto

ensu

reth

atth

ein

stal

latio

nco

nfor

ms

toth

ere

quire

men

tsof

8.6.

The

mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res

and

inte

rval

s sh

all

be b

ased

on

(a)

equi

pmen

tag

e,co

nditi

on,

and

accu

mul

ated

wea

r(b

)de

sign

and

inhe

rent

qual

ity o

f the

equ

ipm

ent

(c)

usag

e(d

)en

viro

nmen

tal c

ondi

tions

(e)

impr

oved

tech

nolo

gy(f

)th

e m

anuf

actu

rer ’

s re

com

men

datio

ns fo

r any

SIL

rate

d de

vice

s or

circ

uits

(2)

clea

ning

,lu

bric

atin

g,an

dad

just

ing

appl

icab

leco

mpo

nent

sat

regu

lar

inte

rval

san

d re

pairi

ng o

r rep

laci

ng a

ll w

orn

or d

efec

tive

com

pone

nts

whe

re n

eces

sary

tom

aint

ain

the

inst

alla

tion

in c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith th

e re

quire

men

ts o

f 8.6

.(3

)te

sts

ofeq

uipm

ent

atsc

hedu

led

inte

rval

s(8

.6.1

.7) i

nor

der t

o en

sure

that

the

inst

alla

tion

conf

orm

s to

the

requ

irem

ents

of 8

.6.

(4)

all

Cod

ere

quire

dw

ritte

npr

oced

ures

(e.g

., ch

eck

out,

insp

ectio

n, te

stin

g, a

ndm

aint

enan

ce).

(b)

The

inst

ruct

ions

for

loca

ting

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am s

hall

be p

rovi

ded

in o

r on

the

cont

rolle

r alo

ng w

ith in

stru

ctio

ns o

n ho

w to

repo

rt an

y co

rrect

ive

actio

n th

at


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

mig

ht b

e ne

cess

ary

to th

e re

spon

sibl

e pa

rty.

(c)

The

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

requ

ired

by 8

.6.1

.4 s

hall

beke

pt a

t a c

entra

l loc

atio

n.(d

)Th

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

sha

ll be

acc

essi

ble

to th

e el

evat

or p

erso

nnel

and

shal

l doc

umen

t com

plia

nce

with

8.6

.(e

)Pr

oced

ures

for

test

s,pe

riodi

cin

spec

tions

,m

aint

enan

ce,

repl

acem

ents

,adj

ustm

ents

,an

dre

pairs

for

all

SIL

rate

dE/

E/PE

Sel

ectri

cal

prot

ectiv

ede

vice

san

d ci

rcui

ts s

hall

be in

corp

orat

ed in

to a

nd m

ade

part

of th

e M

aint

enan

ceC

ontro

lPr

ogra

m.

See

2.2

6. 4

. 3. 2

,2.

26 .9

.4 (b

), 2

.26.

9.5.

1(b)

, and

2.2

6.9.

6.1(

b).

(f)

Whe

reun

ique

orpr

oduc

t-spe

cific

proc

edur

esor

met

hods

are

requ

ired

toin

spec

t or t

est e

quip

men

t, su

ch p

roce

dure

s or

met

hods

shal

l be

incl

uded

in th

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

.

Rev

ise

8.6.

1.2.

1in

its’e

ntire

tyto

read

:

8.6.

1.2.

1 M

aint

enan

ce C

ontr

olPr

ogra

m(M

CP)

A w

ritte

n M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

sha

ll be

in p

lace

to e

nsur

e th

at th

e eq

uipm

ent i

sm

aint

aine

din

com

plia

nce

with

the

requ

irem

ents

of 8

.6.

The

MC

Psh

all s

peci

fy re

quire

men

ts fo

rcl

eani

ng,

lubr

icat

ing,

and

adju

stin

gap

plic

able

com

pone

nts

atre

gula

rin

terv

als

and

repa

iring

or r

epla

cing

all w

orn

or d

efec

tive

com

pone

nts

whe

re n

eces

sary

.

a)A

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

amfo

r eac

h un

it. (s

ee 8

.6.1

.1.1

) sha

ll be

pro

vide

d by

the

pers

on(s

) and

/or f

irm m

aint

aini

ng th

eeq

uipm

ent.

The

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

amsh

all b

e av

aila

ble

for v

iew

ing

by e

leva

tor p

erso

nnel

at t

he ti

me

ofac

cept

ance

insp

ectio

n an

d te

stfro

mth

etim

eof

equ

ipm

enti

nsta

llatio

n or

alte

ratio

n (s

ee 8

.10.

1.5)

.

b) T

he M

CP

shal

l inc

lude

, but

not

be

limite

d to

, the

cod

e re

quire

d m

aint

enan

ce ta

sks,

mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res

and

exam

inat

ion

and

test

s lis

ted

with

the

asso

ciat

edre

quire

men

t(se

e8.

6.4

thru

8.6.

11).

Whe

rem

aint

enan

ce ta

sks,

mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res,

or

exam

inat

ions

or t

ests

hav

e be

en re

vise

d in

8.6

the

MC

P sh

all b

e up

date

d.

c) T

he M

CP

shal

l ref

eren

ce O

n-Si

te E

quip

men

t Doc

umen

tatio

n (s

ee 8

.6.1

.2.2

) nee

ded

to fu

lfill

8.6.

1.2.

1(b)

and

On

-Site

Mai

nten

ance

Rec

ords

(see

8.6.

1.4.

1) th

at re

cord

the

com

plet

ion

of a

ll as

soci

ated

mai

nten

ance

task

s sp

ecifi

ed in

8.6

.1.4

.1(a

).

d) W

here

the

MC

Pis

mai

ntai

ned

rem

otel

yfro

mth

e m

achi

ne ro

om, m

achi

nery

spa

ce, c

ontro

l roo

m, o

rco

ntro

l spa

ce(s

ee 8

.11.

1.8)

inst

ruct

ions

for

loca

ting

or v

iew

ing

the

MC

Pei

ther

inha

rd c

opy

orin

ele

ctro

nic

form

atfo

r per

iodi

c in

spec

tion

and

test

shal

lbe

post

ed o

n th

e co

ntro

ller o

r at t

hem

eans

nec

essa

ry fo

r tes

t (se

e 2.

7.6.

4).T

he in

stru

ctio

ns s

hall

be p

erm

anen

tly le

gibl

e w

ith c

hara

cter

s a

min

imum

of 3

mm

(0.1

25in

) in

heig

ht.

e)Th

e sp

ecifi

ed s

ched

uled

mai

nten

ance

inte

rval

s(s

ee1.

3)sh

all,

as a

pplic

able

, be

base

don

(1)e

quip

men

t age

, con

ditio

n, a

ndac

cum

ulat

ed w

ear

(2)d

esig

nan

din

here

ntqu

ality

ofth

eeq

uipm

ent

(3)u

sage

(4)e

nviro

nmen

talc

ondi

tions

(5)i

mpr

oved

tech

nolo

gy(6

)the

man

ufac

ture

r’sre

com

men

datio

nsfo

rany

SIL

rate

dde

vice

sor

Circ

uits

(7)t

he m

anuf

actu

rer’s

reco

mm

enda

tions

bas

ed o

n an

y A

17.7

/B44

.7 a

ppro

ved

com

pone

nts

or fu

nctio

ns


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

(f)Pr

oced

ures

for t

ests

; per

iodi

c in

spec

tions

; mai

nten

ance

; rep

lace

men

ts; a

djus

tmen

ts; a

nd re

pairs

for t

ract

ion-

loss

det

ectio

n m

eans

, bro

ken-

susp

ensi

on-m

embe

r det

ectio

n m

eans

, res

idua

l-stre

ngth

dete

ctio

n m

eans

, and

rela

ted

circ

uits

sha

ll be

inco

rpor

ated

into

and

mad

e pa

rt of

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am. [

See

2.20

.8.1

, 2.2

0.8.

2, 2

.20.

8.3,

8.6

.11.

10, 8

.10.

2.2.

2(cc

)(3)

(c)(

2), 8

.10.

2.2.

2(ss

), an

d 8.

6.4.

19.1

2.]

Rat

iona

le 8

.6.1

.2.1

:T

heM

CP

mus

tbe

avai

labl

efo

r vie

win

g du

ring

acce

ptan

cetu

rnov

er(c

ompl

ianc

ew

ith8.

10),

and

perio

dic

insp

ectio

n (8

.11)

and

test

s (8

.6).

AHJ

acce

ptan

cein

spec

tion

crite

riam

aybe

impl

emen

ted

inva

rious

form

s,fo

rexa

mpl

e re

quire

iton

site

,ord

urin

gty

peex

amin

atio

n,or

durin

gpe

rmit

and

plan

chec

k. T

o cl

arify

that

the

MC

P ad

dres

ses

the

rele

vant

saf

ety

rela

ted

mai

nten

ance

act

iviti

es a

s pr

escr

ibed

in 8

.6.

Adde

d re

quire

men

tsto

man

date

MC

P is

upda

ted

asa

resu

ltof

cha

nges

in e

quip

men

t, m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s, o

rcod

e.O

ther

requ

irem

ents

have

been

revi

sed

and

mov

edto

othe

rsec

tions

with

in8.

6.Th

e re

quire

men

ts 8

.6.1

.2.1

(a)(2

) are

mov

ed in

the

prop

osed

8.6

.1.2

.1.

The

requ

irem

ents

8.6

.1.2

.1(b

) inc

lude

sa

requ

irem

ent t

hat t

he M

CP

mus

t be

upda

ted

as c

ode

chan

ges.

8.6.

1.2.

1(a

)(2)

is n

ot n

eede

d si

nce

it is

incl

uded

in th

e sp

ecifi

c M

aint

enan

ce re

quire

men

ts8.

6.1.

2.1(

b) m

oved

to 8

.6.1

.4.2

.8.

6.1.

2.1(

e) re

vise

d to

rem

ove

stat

emen

t of r

epai

r and

repl

acem

ent p

erTN

08-

634

New

8.6.

1.2.

2 O

n-Si

te E

quip

men

t Doc

umen

tatio

nTh

e fo

llow

ing

writ

ten

docu

men

ts s

hall

be p

erm

anen

tly k

ept o

n-si

tein

the

mac

hine

room

, mac

hine

ry s

pace

, con

trol r

oom

, con

trol s

pace

, or i

n th

em

eans

nec

essa

ry fo

r tes

t (2.

7.6.

4)in

har

d co

pyfo

reac

hun

itfo

r the

spe

cifie

d pe

rson

nel.

(a) U

p-to

-dat

e w

iring

dia

gram

s de

tailin

g ci

rcui

ts o

f all

elec

trica

l pro

tect

ive

devi

ces

(see

2.2

6.2)

and

criti

calo

pera

ting

circ

uits

(see

2.26

.3).

(b) M

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s or

met

hods

requ

ired

for e

leva

tor p

erso

nnel

tope

rform

insp

ectio

n, te

stin

g an

d re

plac

emen

ts n

ot d

escr

ibed

in A

SME

A17.

2, s

uch

as:

(1) u

niqu

e m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s or

met

hods

requ

ired

for i

nspe

ctio

n, te

sts,

and

repl

acem

ent o

f SIL

rate

d E/

E/PE

S e

lect

rical

prot

ectiv

e de

vice

s an

dci

rcui

ts. S

ee2.

26.4

.3.2

,2.2

6.9.

3.2(

b), 2

.26.

9.5.

1(b)

, and

2.2

6.9.

6.1(

b),

(2) u

niqu

e m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s or

met

hods

requ

ired

for i

nspe

ctio

n,te

sts,

and

repl

acem

ent o

f equ

ipm

ent a

pplie

d un

der

alte

rnat

ive

arra

ngem

ents

(see

1.2

.2.1

) sha

ll be

pro

vide

d by

the

man

ufac

ture

r or i

nsta

ller,

(3) u

niqu

e m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s or

uni

que

met

hods

requ

ired

for i

nspe

ctio

n an

d te

sts

of e

quip

men

t spe

cifie

d in

a C

ode

Com

plia

nce

Doc

umen

tatio

n (C

CD

) to

A17.

7/B4

4.7

issu

es b

y an

Accr

edite

d El

evat

or /

Esca

lato

rC

ertif

ying

Org

aniz

atio

n.

(c) W

ritte

n pr

oced

ures

for t

he fo

llow

ing:

(1)E

vacu

atio

n pr

oced

ures

for e

leva

tors

by

auth

oriz

ed p

erso

ns a

ndem

erge

ncy

pers

onne

l.(s

ee 8

.6.1

1.5.

2 an

d A1

7.4)

(2)T

he p

roce

dure

for c

lean

ing

of a

car

and

hoi

stw

ay tr

ansp

aren

ten

clos

ures

by a

utho

rized

per

sons

(see

8.6

.11.

4.2)


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

(3) C

heck

out p

roce

dure

to d

emon

stra

te E

/E/P

ES fu

nctio

n as

inte

nded

(see

8.6

.4.1

9.10

)(4

) Che

ckou

t pro

cedu

re fo

r ele

vato

r lev

elin

g sp

eed

with

ope

n do

ors

(see

8.6

.4.2

0.8)

(5) C

heck

out p

roce

dure

for h

ydra

ulic

ele

vato

r ove

r spe

ed v

alve

(see

8.6

.5.1

6.5)

(6) C

heck

out p

roce

dure

for e

scal

ator

reve

rsal

sto

ppin

g de

vice

(see

8.6

.8.1

5.7)

(7) C

heck

out p

roce

dure

for e

scal

ator

han

drai

l ret

ardi

ng fo

rce

(see

8.6

.8.1

5.13

)

Rat

iona

le:

Iden

tifie

d al

l cod

e re

quire

d pr

oced

ures

, ins

pect

ions

, and

test

s(8

.6.1

.2.2

(a)):

Mov

ed8.

6.1.

2.1

(e)a

nd(f)

toth

isse

ctio

n8.

6.1.

2.2(

b)to

cons

olid

ate

docu

men

tatio

n th

atm

ustb

epe

rman

ently

kept

onsi

te.

Ref

eren

ced

A17.

2to

reco

gniz

ein

spec

tion

and

test

proc

edur

esth

atar

eno

tuni

que.

8.6.

1.2.

2(b

) rel

ocat

ed th

ese

exis

ting

requ

irem

ents

to s

ub p

arag

raph

(b) a

nd a

dd n

ew re

quire

men

t for

A17

.7 A

ECO

Cer

tifie

d Eq

uipm

ent i

n (b

)(3)

8.6.

1.2.

2(c

)Ide

ntifi

ed e

xist

ing

code

requ

ired

writ

ten

proc

edur

es.

8.6.

1.2.

23

Whe

rea

defe

ctiv

epa

rtdi

rect

lyaf

fect

ing

the

safe

tyof

the

oper

atio

nis

iden

tifie

d,th

eeq

uipm

ents

hall

beta

ken

outo

fser

vice

until

the

defe

ctiv

epa

rtha

sbe

en a

djus

ted,

repa

ired,

orre

plac

ed.

Rat

iona

le:A

ddne

wre

fere

nce

8.6.

1.2.

3an

dm

ove

entir

ere

quire

men

tin

8.6.

1.2.

2to

new

8.6.

1.2.

3

8.6.

1.4.

1M

aint

enan

cere

cord

ssh

all

docu

men

tco

mpl

ianc

ew

ith8.

6of

the

Cod

ean

d sh

all i

nclu

de re

c- o

rds

on th

e fo

llow

ing

activ

ities

:(a

)de

scrip

tion

ofm

aint

enan

ceta

skpe

rform

edan

d da

tes

(b)

desc

ripti

onan

dda

tes

ofex

amin

atio

ns,

test

s, a

djus

tmen

ts, r

epai

rs, a

ndre

plac

emen

ts(c

)de

scrip

tion

and

date

sof

call

back

s(tr

oubl

eca

lls)

orre

ports

that

are

repo

rted

toel

evat

or p

erso

nnel

by

any

mea

ns, i

nclu

ding

cor

rect

ive

actio

n ta

ken

(d)

writ

ten

reco

rd o

f the

findi

ngs

on th

e fir

efig

hter

’s s

ervi

ce o

pera

tion

requ

ired

by8.

6.11

.1

Rev

ise

8.6.

1.4

inits

entir

ety

tore

ad:

8.6.

1.4

Mai

nten

ance

Rec

ords

8.6.

1.4.

1O

n-Si

teM

aint

enan

ceR

ecor

ds

8.6.

1.4.

1(a)

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

am R

ecor

dsA

reco

rd th

at s

hall

incl

ude

the

mai

nten

ance

task

slis

ted

with

the

asso

ciat

edre

quire

men

tsof

8.6

iden

tifie

din

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

am(8

.6.1

.2.1

)and

the

spec

ified

sche

dule

d in

terv

als

shal

l be

mai

ntai

ned.

The

spec

ified

sch

edul

edm

aint

enan

ce in

terv

als

(see

1.3)

shal

l, as

app

licab

le, b

e ba

sed

on(1

)equ

ipm

ent a

ge, c

ondi

tion,

and

accu

mul

ated

wea

r(2

)des

ign

and

inhe

rent

qual

ityof

the

equi

pmen

t


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

(3)u

sage

(4)e

nviro

nmen

talc

ondi

tions

(5)i

mpr

oved

tech

nolo

gy(6

)the

man

ufac

ture

r’sre

quire

men

tfor

any

spec

ific

equi

pmen

t com

pone

nt in

clud

ing

SIL

rate

dde

vice

sor

Circ

uits

(7))

the

man

ufac

ture

r’sre

quire

men

ts a

nd/o

r con

ditio

ns o

f val

idity

bas

ed o

n an

y A1

7.7/

B44.

7 ce

rtifie

d co

mpo

nent

s or

func

tions

MC

P re

cord

s sh

all b

e vi

ewab

le o

n-si

te b

y el

evat

or p

erso

nnel

in e

ither

har

d co

py o

rel

ectro

nic

form

at a

nd s

hall

incl

ude

the

follo

win

g:1)

Site

nam

e an

d ad

dres

s,2)

Ser

vice

pro

vide

r na

me,

3) c

onve

yanc

e id

entif

icat

ion

and

type

,4)

dat

e of

reco

rd,

5) m

aint

enan

ce ta

sk, i

nter

val,

and

asso

ciat

ed re

quire

men

ts o

f 8.6

,6)

indi

catio

n of

com

plet

ion

of ta

sk.

Inst

ruct

ions

forl

ocat

ing

the

reco

rds

ofea

chun

itfo

r im

med

iate

view

ing

shal

lbe

post

ed o

n th

e co

ntro

ller o

r at t

he m

eans

nec

essa

ry fo

r tes

t (se

e2.

7.6.

4).T

he p

rovi

ded

inst

ruct

ions

sha

ll be

per

man

ently

legi

ble

with

cha

ract

ers

a m

inim

um o

f 3m

m (0

.125

in) i

n he

ight

.MC

P re

cord

s sh

all r

ecor

dco

mpl

eted

task

sw

ith th

e pe

rson

(s) a

nd /

or fi

rm p

erfo

rmin

g th

e ta

sk fo

rthe

mos

t rec

ent5

yea

rs o

r fro

m th

e da

te o

f ins

talla

tion,

whi

chev

er is

less

.MC

Pre

cord

sof

repa

irs a

nd re

plac

emen

ts s

hall

bere

tain

ed b

y th

e ow

ner o

f the

equ

ipm

ent,

or th

eir a

gent

, for

the

mos

t rec

ent

5ye

ars

or fr

om th

e da

te o

fin

stal

latio

n,w

hich

eve

r is

less

and

sha

ll be

a p

erm

anen

t rec

ord

for t

he in

stal

latio

n. D

ata

used

for M

CP

reco

rds

may

be

kept

rem

otel

y fro

m t

he s

ite.

Not

e:R

equi

red

cont

ent a

nd r

ecom

men

ded

form

at fo

r doc

umen

ting

mai

nten

ance

con

trol p

rogr

am re

cord

s ca

n be

foun

d in

non

-man

dato

ry a

ppen

dix

XXX.

. Th

is is

onl

y an

exa

mpl

e fo

rmat

a s

peci

fic p

rogr

am is

requ

ired

for e

ach

unit.

8.6.

1.4.

1(b)

Rep

air a

nd R

epla

cem

ent R

ecor

dsTh

e fo

llow

ing

repa

irs a

nd re

plac

emen

ts s

hall

be re

cord

ed a

nd s

hall

be k

epto

n-si

te fo

r vie

win

g by

ele

vato

r per

sonn

el in

eit

her h

ard

copy

or e

lect

roni

cfo

rmat

.Ins

truct

ions

forl

ocat

ing

the

reco

rds

ofea

chun

itfo

r im

med

iate

view

ing

shal

lbe

post

ed o

n th

e co

ntro

ller o

r at t

he m

eans

nec

essa

ry fo

r tes

t(s

ee 2

.7.6

.4).

The

prov

ided

inst

ruct

ions

sha

ll be

per

man

ently

legi

ble

with

cha

ract

ers

a m

inim

um o

f 3m

m (0

.125

in) i

n he

ight

. The

reco

rdsh

all

incl

ude

anex

plan

atio

nof

the

repa

iror

repl

acem

ent,

date

, and

nam

eof

per

son(

s)an

d/or

firm

per

form

ing

the

task

. The

reco

rdof

repa

irs a

ndre

plac

emen

ts s

hall

bere

tain

ed b

y th

e ow

ner

of th

e eq

uipm

ent f

or th

e m

ost r

ecen

t5ye

ars

or fr

om th

e da

te o

f ins

talla

tion,

whi

ch e

ver i

s le

ss a

nd s

hall

be a

per

man

ent r

ecor

d fo

r the

inst

alla

tion.

(1)

Rep

airs

(8.6

.2.1

- 8.6

.2.5

) inc

ludi

ng re

pairs

of c

ompo

nent

s an

d de

vice

s lis

ted

in8.

6.4,

8.6

.5, 8

.6.6

, 8.6

.7, 8

.6.8

, 8.6

.9, a

nd 8

.6.1

0

(2) R

epla

cem

ents

(8.6

.3.1

– 8.

6.3.

11ex

cept

8.6

.3.7

and

8.6

.3.1

0) in

clud

ing

repl

acem

ents

of c

ompo

nent

s an

d de

vice

s lis

ted

in8.

6.4,

8.6

.5,

8.6.

6, 8

.6.7

, 8.6

.8, 8

.6.9

, and

8.6

.10

8.6.

1.4.

1(c)

Oth

er R

ecor

dsTh

e fo

llow

ing

writ

ten

reco

rds

shal

l be

kept

on-

site

for e

ach

unit.

Inst

ruct

ions

for l

ocat

ing

the

reco

rds

of e

ach

unit

for i

mm

edia

te v

iew

ing

shal

l be

post

ed o

n th

e co

ntro

ller o

r at t

he m

eans

nec

essa

ry fo

r tes

t (se

e 2.

7.6.

4).T

he p

rovi

ded

inst

ruct

ions

sha

ll be

per

man

ently

legi

ble

with

cha

ract

ers

am

inim

um o

f 3m

m (0

.125

in) i

n he

ight

.The

se re

cord

s sh

all b

e re

tain

ed fo

r the

mos

t rec

ent 5

yea

rs fr

om o

f the

dat

e of

inst

alla

tion,

whi

ch e

ver i

s le

ss.

The

reco

rd s

hall

incl

ude

the

date

and

nam

e of

per

son(

s) a

nd/o

r firm

per

form

ing

the

task

.(1

) A re

cord

of o

il us

age

(8.6

.5.7

)(2

) A re

cord

of f

indi

ngs

for f

irefig

hter

’s s

ervi

ce o

pera

tion

requ

ired

by


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

8.6.

11.1

with

iden

tific

atio

n of

the

pers

on(s

) tha

tpe

rform

ed th

e op

erat

ion

(3) P

erio

dic

test

s (s

ee 8

.6.1

.7) s

hall

be d

ocum

ente

d or

reco

rded

inac

cord

ance

with

8.6

.1.7

.2(4

)writ

ten

reco

rd to

doc

umen

t com

plia

nce

with

repl

acem

ent c

riter

ia s

peci

fied

in A

SM

E A1

7.6

Req

uire

men

t 1.1

0.1.

1(c)

.

Rat

iona

le:8

.6.1

.4.1

Rew

ritte

n.Th

is c

ombi

nes

all w

ritte

n re

cord

s to

be

mai

ntai

ned

on-s

ite.

Rew

ritte

n to

dis

tingu

ish

type

s of

reco

rds

( 8.6

.1.4

.1(a

),re

cord

s re

late

d to

mai

nten

ance

(MC

P re

cord

s),

8.6.

1.4.

1(b)

,re

cord

s re

late

d to

repa

irs a

ndre

plac

emen

ts o

f com

pone

nts

or d

evic

es re

leva

nt to

the

safe

ope

ratio

n of

the

conv

eyan

ce, a

nd n

ew 8

.6.1

.4.1

(c),

oth

er re

cord

s su

ch a

s th

e oi

lus

age.

8.6.

1.4.

1M

oved

from

8.6.

1.2.

1to

clea

rlydi

stin

guis

hm

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

sfro

mre

cord

keep

ing.

Mai

nten

ance

inte

rval

s ar

e in

clud

edin

the

MC

Pre

cord

rath

er th

an th

e M

CP

beca

use

the

cond

ition

sth

atdr

ive

the

mai

nten

ance

inte

rval

are

dyna

mic

and

may

cha

nge

with

time.

(See

8.6.

1.4.

1(a)

)C

ontin

uity

ofm

aint

enan

cebe

twee

nse

rvic

epr

ovid

ers

is fa

cilit

ated

by

mai

ntai

ning

thes

e re

cord

s.In

addi

tion

toth

eon

-site

reco

rdof

test

s(n

ew8.

6.1.

4.1(

c) (3

)are

cord

ofal

lcom

plet

edm

aint

enan

ceta

sks

and

thei

r las

tcom

plet

ion

date

sw

illm

aint

ain

that

cont

inui

ty.T

hefiv

eye

ar re

cord

rete

ntio

nw

ill al

low

suf

ficie

nt le

ngth

of t

ime

to a

llow

acc

ess

to p

rior r

ecor

ds re

late

d to

the

activ

ity.

Ele

ctro

nic

form

at o

r har

dco

py th

at is

vie

wab

le o

n si

te s

atis

fies

the

requ

irem

ent t

hat t

he in

form

atio

n is

ava

ilabl

eTh

e do

cum

enta

tion

of p

erio

dic

test

s w

ill b

e do

cum

ente

d w

ith th

e ex

istin

g te

st ta

g re

quire

men

t (8.

6.1.

7.2)

and

che

ck li

st.

Mov

ed “t

roub

le c

alls

” in

sect

ion

8.6.

1.4.

1(c)

to n

ew s

ectio

n 8.

6.1.

4.2.

Five

yea

rs w

as c

hose

n to

allo

w s

uffic

ient

leng

th o

f tim

e to

cov

er p

erio

dici

ty o

f mai

nten

ance

task

s

Del

ete: 8.

6.1.

4.2

Rec

ord

Avai

labi

lity.

The

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

shal

l be

avai

labl

e to

the

elev

ator

per

sonn

el.

Rat

iona

le:

8.6.

1.4.

2 R

ewrit

ten.

8.6.

1.4.

2 an

d pr

ovid

e cl

arity

on

wha

t rec

ords

are

requ

ired

and

the

loca

tion

for t

hese

reco

rds.

Whe

n in

spec

tions

are

per

form

ed c

erta

in c

ompo

nent

s m

ay n

ot b

e re

adily

iden

tifie

d as

repa

ired

orre

plac

ed. C

ompo

nent

s w

ere

adde

d fo

r rec

ordi

ngre

pair

or re

plac

emen

t to

aler

t ele

vato

r per

sonn

elth

at a

mor

e th

orou

gh in

spec

tion

of th

at c

ompo

nent

may

be

nece

ssar

y. T

hese

are

com

pone

nts

that

cou

ld re

quire

mor

e co

mpl

ex te

stin

g to

ver

ify c

ompl

ianc

e th

an ju

st a

sim

ple

rout

ine

chec

k.C

ompo

nent

s w

here

an

insp

ectio

n te

st is

suf

ficie

nt to

cov

er c

ode

com

plia

nce

of re

paire

d or

repl

aced

com

pone

nts

or in

volv

ing

alte

ratio

ns w

ere

not

incl

uded

in th

is s

ectio

n.To

iden

tify

reco

rds

that

need

to b

e on

-site

and

are

of v

alue

in c

ompl

ianc

e w

ith th

is s

ectio

n of

the

code

. Inc

lude

d co

mpo

nent

s in

8.6

.2.1

thro

ugh

8.6.

2.5

addi

tiona

l co

mpo

nent

s id

entif

ied

in 8

.6 d

eem

ed n

eces

sary

for

on

-site

rec

ord

rete

ntio

n. R

ecor

ding

rep

air

and

repl

acem

ent

of t

hese

com

pone

nts

wer

ead

ded

for

reco

rdin

gre

pair

toal

ert

elev

ator

pers

onne

lth

ata

mor

eth

orou

gh e

xam

inat

ion

may

be n

eces

sary

.Th

ese

are

com

pone

nts

that

coul

dre

quire

mor

eco

mpl

exte

stin

gto

verif

y co

mpl

ianc

ebe

yond

asi

mpl

ero

utin

ech

eck.

Com

pone

nts

whe

rean

insp

ectio

nte

stis

suf

ficie

ntto

cove

rcod

eco

mpl

ianc

eof

repa

ired

orre

plac

edco

mpo

nent

sor

invo

lvin

g al

tera

tions

wer

eno

tinc

lude

din

this

sect

ion.

8.6.

1.4.

2C

all B

acks

(Tro

uble

Cal

ls):

The

serv

ice

prov

ider

sha

ll m

aint

ain

a re

cord

of d

escr

iptio

n an

d da

tes

of c

all b

acks

or r

epor

ts in

clud

ing

corr

ectiv

e ac

tion

take

n th

at a

re re

porte

d by

any

mea

ns to

ele

vato

r per

sonn

el. T

hese

reco

rds

shal

l be

mad

e av

aila

ble

to e

leva

tor p

erso

nnel

perfo

rmin

g co

rrec

tive

actio

n. F

or e

leva

tor p

erso

nnel

oth

er th

an p

erso

nnel

per

form

ing

the

corr

ectiv

e ac

tion,

reco

rds

will

be a

vaila

ble

from

the

serv

ice

prov

ider

upo

n re

ques

t.In

stru

ctio

ns o

n ho

w to

repo

rt an

yne

ed fo

rcor

rect

ive

actio

n to

the

resp

onsi

ble

party

shal

lbe

post

ed o

n th

e co

ntro

ller

or a

t the

mea

ns n

eces

sary

for t

est (

see

2.7.

6.4)

.The

inst

ruct

ions

sha

ll be

per

man

ently

legi

ble

with

cha

ract

ers

a m

inim

um o

f 3m

m (0

.125

in) i

nhe

ight

.


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

Rat

iona

le: T

his

info

rmat

ion

is n

eede

d by

ele

vato

r per

sona

l per

form

ing

corr

ectiv

e ac

tion

incl

udin

g ne

cess

ary

repa

irs a

nd re

plac

emen

ts.T

hese

rvic

e pr

ovid

er w

ill d

eter

min

e th

e m

etho

d of

how

the

info

rmat

ion

will

be

com

mun

icat

ed to

suc

h pe

rson

nel.

Add

ition

al o

n-si

te re

cord

s fo

rre

pairs

, rep

lace

men

ts, a

nd o

ther

reco

rds

such

as

perio

dic

test

s ar

e re

quire

d. S

ee 8

.6.1

.4(b

) and

8.6

.1.4

.1(c

).

8.6.

1.6.

3C

ontr

olle

rs, W

iring

,and

Wiri

ngD

iagr

ams

(a)

Up-

to-d

ate

wiri

ngdi

agra

ms

deta

iling

circ

uits

ofal

lele

ctric

alpr

otec

tive

devi

ces

(see

2.26

.2)

and

criti

cal

oper

atin

gci

rcui

ts(s

ee2.

26.3

)sh

all

beav

aila

ble

inth

em

achi

nery

spac

e,m

achi

nero

om,c

ontro

lspa

ce,

orco

ntro

lroo

mas

appr

opria

teto

the

inst

alla

tion.

ba)T

hein

terio

rsof

cont

rolle

rsan

dth

eirc

ompo

nent

ssh

allb

ecl

eane

dw

hen

nece

ssar

yto

min

imiz

eth

eac

cum

ulat

ion

offo

reig

nm

atte

rtha

tcan

inte

rfere

with

the

oper

atio

nof

the

equi

pmen

t.

cb)T

empo

rary

wiri

ngan

din

sula

tors

orbl

ocks

inth

ear

mat

ures

orpo

les

ofm

agne

tical

ly o

pera

ted

switc

hes,

cont

acto

rs,o

rrel

ays

oneq

uipm

enti

nse

rvic

ear

epr

ohib

ited.

dc)W

hen

jum

pers

are

used

durin

gm

aint

enan

ce,r

epai

rs,o

rtes

ting,

allj

umpe

rssh

allb

e re

mov

edan

dth

eeq

uipm

entt

este

dpr

iort

ore

turn

ing

itto

serv

ice.

Jum

pers

shal

lnot

be s

tore

din

mac

hine

room

s,co

ntro

lro

oms,

hois

tway

s,m

achi

nery

spac

es,

cont

rol

spac

es,

esca

lato

r/mov

ing

wal

kw

ellw

ays,

orpi

ts(s

eeal

so8.

6.1.

6.1)

.

NO

TE[8

.6.1

.6.3

(cd)

]:Se

e“E

leva

torI

ndus

tryFi

eld

Empl

oyee

s’Sa

fety

Han

dboo

k”fo

r jum

perc

ontro

lpr

oced

ures

.

ed)C

ontro

land

oper

atin

gci

rcui

tsan

dde

vice

ssh

allb

em

aint

aine

din

com

plia

nce

with

app

licab

leC

ode

requ

irem

ents

(see

8.6.

1.1.

2).

(ef)

Subs

titut

ion

ofan

yw

ireor

curre

nt-c

arry

ing

devi

cefo

rthe

corre

ctfu

seor

circ

uit b

reak

erin

anel

evat

orci

rcui

tsha

llno

tbe

perm

itted

.

Rat

iona

le:(

8.6.

1.6.

3).M

oved

wiri

ngdi

agra

ms

(8.6

.1.6

.3(a

))fro

mth

isse

ctio

nto

8.6.

1.2.

2(a)

and

renu

mbe

red

toco

nsol

idat

edo

cum

enta

tion

that

mus

tbe

perm

anen

tlyke

pton

-site

.

8.6.

3.4.

6A

new

rope

data

tag

conf

orm

ing

to2.

18.5

.3sh

allb

ein

stal

led

atea

chro

pe re

plac

emen

t,an

dth

eda

teof

the

rope

repl

acem

ents

hall

bere

cord

edin

the

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

(8.6

.1.4

.1(b

)(2))

.

Rat

iona

le:U

pdat

eR

efer

ence

s.

8.6.

4.3.

2W

here

ada

tapl

ate

isno

tpro

vide

d,th

elu

bric

atio

nof

guid

era

ilssh

allc

onfo

rmto

the

follo

win

g:(a

)Gui

dera

ils,e

xcep

ttho

seof

elev

ator

seq

uipp

edw

ithro

llero

roth

erty

pes

ofgu

idin

g m

embe

rsno

treq

uirin

glu

bric

atio

n,sh

allb

eke

ptlu

bric

ated

.(b

)Whe

resl

idin

g-ty

pesa

fetie

sar

eus

ed,t

hegu

ider

aill

ubric

ants

,orp

relu

bric

ated

or im

preg

nate

dgu

ide

shoe

gibs

,whe

reus

ed,s

hall

beof

aty

pere

com

men

ded

byth

e m

anuf

actu

rer

ofth

esa

fety

(see

8.6.

1.6.

2.3

and

2.17

.16)

.

Form

atte

d:St

riket

hrou

gh

Del

eted

:¶


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

8.6.

4.19

.12

Trac

tion

Loss

Det

ectio

n M

eans

. Whe

re p

rovi

ded,

con

form

ance

with

the

tract

ion

loss

det

ectio

n m

eans

spe

cifie

d in

2.2

0.8.

1 sh

all b

ede

mon

stra

ted

by:

(a) c

ausi

ng re

lativ

e m

otio

n be

twee

n th

e dr

ive

shea

ve a

nd th

e su

spen

sion

mea

ns e

ither

by

botto

min

g th

e ca

r or c

ount

erw

eigh

t [Se

e8.

6.4.

20.1

0(b)

], or

(b) a

n al

tern

ativ

e te

st p

rovi

ded

in th

e M

aint

enan

ce C

ontro

l Pro

gram

[See

8.6

.1.2

.1(f)

(g)].

8.6.

11.9

Exa

min

atio

n Af

ter S

hutd

own

Due

to T

ract

ion

Loss

.Whe

re th

e tra

ctio

n lo

ss d

etec

tion

mea

ns h

as b

een

actu

ated

[See

2.2

0.8.

1 an

d8.

6.1.

2.1(

f)(g)

the

elev

ator

sha

ll no

t be

retu

rned

to s

ervi

ce u

ntil

a ph

ysic

al e

xam

inat

ion

of th

e dr

ive

shea

ve a

nd s

uspe

nsio

n m

eans

has

bee

nco

nduc

ted.

The

ele

vato

r sha

ll no

t be

mov

ed u

ntil

all p

asse

nger

s ar

e ou

t of t

he e

leva

tor a

nd th

e el

evat

or is

pos

ted

out-o

f-ser

vice

.In

add

ition

to th

e su

spen

sion

mea

ns e

valu

atio

n cr

iteria

in 8

.11.

2.1.

3(cc

), an

y su

spen

sion

mea

ns o

r driv

e sh

eave

con

ditio

n, w

hich

wou

ld a

dver

sely

affe

ct th

e tra

ctio

n ca

pabi

lity

of th

e sy

stem

(See

2.2

4.2.

3) s

hall

be c

orre

cted

bef

ore

retu

rnin

g th

e el

evat

or to

ser

vice

Rat

iona

le:U

pdat

eR

efer

ence

s.

8.10

.1.4

Uni

que

orPr

oduc

t-Spe

cific

Mai

nten

ance

proc

edur

esor

Met

hods

.Whe

reun

ique

orpr

oduc

t- sp

ecifi

cm

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

sor

met

hods

are

requ

ired

toin

spec

tort

este

quip

men

t,su

chm

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

sor

met

hods

shal

lbe

prov

ided

byth

em

anuf

actu

rero

rins

talle

r.(S

ee8.

6.1.

2.2

(b))

8.10

.1.5

. The

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

amco

mpl

ying

with

8.6

.1.2

.1 s

hall

be a

vaila

ble

at th

e tim

e of

insp

ectio

n.O

n-si

te e

quip

men

t doc

umen

tatio

nco

mpl

ying

with

8.6

.1.2

.2 s

hall

be a

vaila

ble

at th

e tim

e of

insp

ectio

n.

8.10

.2.2

.2(c

c)(3

)tra

ctio

n lim

its (2

.20.

8.1,

2.2

4.2.

3 an

d 2.

16.6

) sha

ll be

ver

ified

(a)D

urin

g an

em

erge

ncy

stop

initi

ated

by

any

of th

e el

ectri

cal p

rote

ctiv

e de

vice

s lis

ted

in 2

.26.

2 (e

xcep

t 2.2

6.2.

13),

at th

e ra

ted

spee

d in

the

dow

n di

rect

ion,

with

pas

seng

er e

leva

tors

and

frei

ght e

leva

tors

per

mitt

ed to

car

ry p

asse

nger

s ca

rryi

ng 1

25%

of t

heir

rate

d lo

ad, o

r with

freig

ht e

leva

tors

car

ryin

g th

eir r

ated

load

, car

s sh

all s

afel

y st

opan

d ho

ld th

ere

shal

l be

suffi

cien

t tra

ctio

n to

saf

ely

stop

and

hol

d th

e lo

ad.

(b)T

ract

ion

shal

l slip

, or t

he h

oist

driv

ing

mac

hine

sha

ll st

all,

if ei

ther

the

car o

r the

cou

nter

wei

ght b

otto

ms

on it

s bu

ffer.

(c) C

onfo

rman

ce w

ith th

e tra

ctio

n lo

ss d

etec

tion

mea

ns s

peci

fied

in 2

.20.

8.1

shal

l be

dem

onst

rate

d by

:(1

) cau

sing

rela

tive

mot

ion

betw

een

the

driv

e sh

eave

and

sus

pens

ion

mea

ns e

ither

by

botto

min

g th

e ca

r or c

ount

erw

eigh

t [Se

e 8.

10.2

.2.2

(cc)

(3)(

b)],

or(2

) an

alte

rnat

ive

test

pro

vide

d in

the

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trol P

rogr

am [S

ee8.

6.1.

2.1(

f)(g)

]or

by

the

inst

alle

r and

acc

epta

ble

to th

e A

HJ.

8.11

.1.8

.The

Mai

nten

ance

Con

trolP

rogr

amco

mpl

ying

with

8.6

.1.2

.1 s

hall

be a

vaila

ble.

On-

site

equ

ipm

ent d

ocum

enta

tion

com

plyi

ng w

ith 8

.6.1

.2.2

and

mai

nten

ance

reco

rds

com

plyi

ng w

ith 8

.6.1

.4 s

hall

be a

vaila

ble.

Rat

iona

le:

Upd

ated

refe

renc

es a

ndto

addr

ess

requ

ired

docu

men

tatio

nan

dre

cord

sdu

ring

acce

ptan

cean

dpe

riodi

cin

spec

tions

fora

lleq

uipm

ent

cove

red

with

inth

esc

ope

ofth

isco

de.A

ddto

8.10

and

8.11

are

fere

nce

to8.

6.1.

2.1

Form

atte

d:St

riket

hrou

gh


TN

08-

1348

A17

Mai

nten

ance

Rep

air

and

Rep

lace

men

t

8.10

.2.2

.2(n

n)W

iring

Dia

gram

s(8

.6.1

.26.

23(a

))8.

10.3

.2.2

(gg)

Wiri

ngD

iagr

ams

(8.6

.1.2

6.23

(a))

8.11

.2.1

.2(ll

)Wiri

ngD

iagr

ams

(8.6

.1.2

6.23

(a))

8.11

.3.1

.2(c

c)W

iring

Dia

gram

s(8

.6.1

.26.

23(a

))

8.11

.1.7

Uni

que

orPr

oduc

t-Spe

cific

Mai

nten

ance

pro

cedu

res

orM

etho

ds.W

here

uniq

ueor

prod

uct-s

peci

ficm

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

sor

met

hods

are

requ

ired

toin

spec

tort

este

quip

men

t,su

ch m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

sor

met

hods

shal

lbe

prov

ided

byth

em

anuf

actu

rero

rins

talle

r[se

e8.

6.1.

2.2(

b)1(

e)].

Rat

iona

l:R

evis

edre

fere

nce

num

bers

.


TN 08-1348A17 Maintenance Repair and Replacement

Proposed new non-mandatory Appendix XXX (see the diagram)

On-sitemaintenancerecords(8.6.1.4.1)

MCP Records8.6.1.4.1(a) (Logviewable on-site)

MCP Records (8.6.1.4.1(b))covers repairs (8.6.2) andreplacements (8.6.3) nomatter what the reason –scheduled or unscheduledvisit (log viewable on site)

MCP Records (8.6.1.4.1(c))coversOil usage (Written Logkept on-site)Firefighter service (Writtenlog kept on-site)Periodic tests (test tags)Replacement criteriacompliance records(Written log kept on-site)


TN 08-1348A17 Maintenance Repair and Replacement

A17.6-2010 Modifications

1.10.1.1 Replacement requirements for steel wire suspension ropes for traction elevators shall beas follows (see Nonmandatory Appendix A):

(a) The steel wire rope(s) shall be replaced if the rope is permanently kinked, bent, ordeformed in any way (see 1.10.5).(b) For rope diameters equal to or greater than 8 mm (0.315 in.), the ropes shall bereplaced in accordance with 1.10.1.2(a) through 1.10.1.2(g) and 1.10.3.(c) For rope diameters less than 8 mm (0.315 in.), the ropes shall be replaced inaccordance with 1.10.1.2(a) through (g), 1.10.1.2.1 and 1.10.1.2.2, and 1.10.3. Inaddition, other replacement criteria based on the application shall be permitted to beapplied. The replacement criteria shall be documented in the Maintenance Controlprogram Other Records as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see ASME A17.1/CSAB44, requirement 8.6.1.4.1 8.6.1.4.1(c)(4))

Rationale: Moved requirement from MCP to new category of permanent on-siteequipment documentation since this is related to OEM requirements for the material.

A17.7 - 2007

2.10.2The CCD shall include the following:

(h) procedures for tests, periodic inspections, maintenance, replacements, adjustments, andrepairs to be incorporated into and made a part of the MCP and On-site Equipmentdocumentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).

2.12.2Alterations, maintenance, repair, and replacement shall comply with the CCD (2.10) andapplicable requirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Sections 8.6 and 8.7. The list of applicableASME A17.1/CSA B44 requirements that have been addressed by compliance with ASMEA17.7/CSA B44.7 shall be incorporated into and made a part of the MCP and On-site Equipmentdocumentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).

2.12.3Acceptance and periodic inspections and tests shall comply with the CCD (2.10) and applicablerequirements of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, Sections 8.10 and 8.11. Procedure for tests, periodicinspections, maintenance, replacements, adjustments, and repairs shall be incorporated into andmade a part of the MCP and On-site Equipment documentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSAB44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2).

I-6 Marking of Sub-Systems and ComponentsNOTE (I-6): Sub-systems and components that require inspection and testing should have informationaldata provided in the MCP and On-site Equipment documentation as required by ASME A17.1/CSAB44, (see requirements 8.6.1.2.1 and 8.6.1.2.2), such as application forces, speeds, strengths,voltages, currents, etc

Rationale: Added references to Other Records and On-Site Equipment Documentation torequirements as required by those new code sections.

Formatted: Strikethrough


Pag

e1

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

This

is o

nly

inte

nded

to b

e on

e ex

ampl

e of

sch

edul

ing

and

reco

rdin

gm

inim

um c

ode

requ

ired

task

s an

d te

sts.

The

mai

nten

ance

pro

vide

r sha

ll ad

d ta

sks

and

test

s as

requ

ired

for u

niqu

e m

aint

enan

ce p

roce

dure

s or

met

hods

and

any

oth

er ta

sks

need

ed fo

r the

equi

pmen

t.N

on M

anda

tory

App

endi

x**

*

Com

pany

Log

o an

d ot

her c

ompa

ny in

form

atio

nPr

even

tativ

eM

aint

enan

ce L

og fo

rEle

ctric

Elev

ator

sB

uild

ings

Nam

e:El

evat

or T

ype:

Con

veya

nce

ID:

Bui

ldin

g A

ddre

ss:

Con

trac

tors

Nam

e an

d lic

ense

num

ber:

YR

20

____

Rou

tine

Mai

nten

ance

Req

uire

men

ts.

Plac

e an

* in

the

bloc

ksc

hedu

led

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

A s

ymbo

l suc

h as

a (

*) s

hall

be in

eac

h ce

ll to

ind

icat

es m

onth

task

is d

ue. I

nitia

lsan

d da

tein

dica

tes

spec

ified

task

is c

ompl

eted

(oth

er d

esig

ns m

ay b

e ac

cept

able

, as

long

as

you

indi

cate

mon

th ta

sk is

due

and

that

task

was

per

form

ed b

y a

qual

ified

per

son.

CA

R

EXA

MP

LE O

F Q

UA

RTE

LY*

**

*8.

6.4.

13 (b

) car

doo

r ele

ctric

cont

acts

or c

ar d

oor i

nter

lock

s,w

here

requ

ired

ATTACHMENT F Page 1 of 7

Pag

e2

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

8.6.

4.13

(c) d

oor r

eope

ning

devi

ces

8.6.

4.13

.2 K

inet

ic E

nerg

y an

dC

losi

ng F

orce

8.6.

4.15

Car

Em

erge

ncy

Sys

tem

8.6.

4.16

Sto

ppin

g Ac

cura

cy

8.6.

11.2

Tw

o-W

ayC

omm

unic

atio

n M

eans

CA

R T

OP

8.6.

4.9

Cle

anin

g of

Top

of C

ars.

8.6.

4.1S

uspe

nsio

n an

dC

ompe

nsat

ing

Mea

ns

8.6.

4.2

Gov

erno

r Wire

Rop

es

8.6.

4.3

Lubr

icat

ion

of G

uide

Rai

ls

8.6.

4.7

Cle

anin

g of

Hoi

stw

ays

8.6.

4.13

(a) h

oist

way

doo

rin

terlo

cks

or m

echa

nica

l loc

ksan

d el

ectri

c co

ntac

ts


Pag

e3

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

8.6.

4.13

(b) c

ar d

oor e

lect

ricco

ntac

ts o

r int

erlo

cks

whe

rere

quire

d.

8.6.

4.13

(e) h

oist

way

doo

run

lock

ing

devi

ces

and

escu

tche

ons

8.6.

4.13

(f) h

ange

rs, t

rack

s, d

oor

rolle

rs, u

p-th

rust

s, a

nd d

oor

safe

ty re

tain

ers,

whe

re re

quire

d8.

6.4.

13(h

) Sills

and

bot

tom

guid

es, f

aste

ning

s, c

ondi

tion

and

enga

gem

ent

8.6.

4.13

(j) i

nter

conn

ectin

gm

eans

8.6.

4.13

(k) d

oor c

lose

rs, w

here

requ

ired

8.6.

4.13

(l) d

oor r

estri

ctor

s,w

here

requ

ired

8.6.

4.10

Ref

aste

ning

of c

ar h

oist

rope

s on

win

ding

- dru

mm

achi

nes

MAC

HIN

E R

OO

M/S

PAC

E8.

6.4.

6 Br

akes

incl

udin

gem

erge

ncy

brak

e

8.6.

4.8

clea

ning

and

con

ditio

n of

Mac

hine

/con

trol R

oom

s

8.6.

4.12

Gov

erno

rs

8.6.

4.17

Asc

endi

ng O

vers

peed

and

Uni

nten

ded

Mov

emen

t


Pag

e4

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

Driv

ing

mac

hine

cle

aned

and

oil

chec

ked

and

chan

ged

ever

yth

ree

year

s.

Mot

or a

nd g

ener

ator

bru

shes

and

com

mut

ator

s

Driv

e an

d de

flect

ion

shea

vecl

eani

ng a

nd ro

pe tr

acki

ng

8.6.

1.6.

3 C

ontro

ller,

wiri

ngco

ntro

ls a

nd s

elec

tor

fuse

s,co

ntac

t rep

lace

men

t, lu

bric

atio

nan

d ad

just

men

ts8.

6.1.

6.5

Verif

y fir

e ex

tingu

ishe

rha

s be

en c

heck

ed a

nd n

otify

resp

onsi

ble

party

in w

ork

isne

eded

.C

ondu

ct m

aint

enan

ce o

n S

ILR

ated

dev

ices

as

spec

ified

in(p

ut re

fere

nce

to M

FG/in

stal

lers

inst

ruct

ions

) See

8.6

.1.2

.1(e

)

OU

TSID

E H

OIS

TWA

Y

8.6.

4.13

(d) v

isio

n pa

nels

and

grille

s, w

here

requ

ired

8.6.

4.13

(g) a

stra

gals

and

resi

lient

mem

bers

, doo

r spa

cegu

ards

, and

sig

ht g

uard

s, w

here

requ

ired


Pag

e5

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

8.6.

4.13

(i) c

lutc

hes,

eng

agin

gva

nes,

retir

ing

cam

s, a

nden

gagi

ng ro

llers

8.6.

4.14

Hoi

stw

ay A

cces

sS

witc

hes

PIT

8.6.

4.4

Oil

Buffe

rs

8.6.

4.7

Cle

anin

g of

Pits

8.6.

4.10

Ref

aste

ning

or

Res

ocke

ting

of D

rum

Mac

hine

s

8.6.

4.11

Run

by

8.6.

4.13

(h) s

ills a

nd b

otto

mgu

ides

, fas

teni

ngs,

con

ditio

n,an

d en

gage

men

t

8.6.

4.5

Safe

ty M

echa

nism

s

8.6.

4.18

Com

pens

atio

n Sh

eave

san

d S

witc

hes

Oth

er.

Uni

que

or m

anuf

actu

resp

ecif

ic m

aint

enan

ce r

equi

rem

ents

(ad

d lin

es a

s re

quir

ed)

Ser

vice

rope

lubr

icat

ors

byad

ding

1/2

pin

t (23

5 cc

) of r

ope

oil e

very

6 m

onth

s A

nnua

lly C

alib

rate

load

sen

sing

devi

ce (

see

mfg

. ins

truct

ions

)R

epla

ce fi

lters

and

cle

an c

oolin

gfa

n in

con

trolle

r cab

inet


Pag

e6

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

8.6.

4.19

Con

duct

Cat

egor

y 1

test

s8.

6.5.

20 C

ondu

ct C

ateg

ory

5te

sts

Oth

er:

Not

ify re

spon

sibl

e pa

rty o

f any

defic

ienc

ies

that

are

not

you

rre

spon

sibi

lity

Oth

er

Doc

umen

t ver

ifica

tion

Ver

ifica

tion

that

ons

ite d

ocum

enta

tion

and

keys

are

ava

ilabl

e

8.6.

11.2

Acc

ess

Keys

8.6.

11.3

Cle

anin

g of

a C

ar a

ndH

oist

way

Tra

nspa

rent

Enc

losu

re8.

6.11

.4 E

mer

genc

y Ev

acua

tion

Proc

edur

es fo

r Ele

vato

rs8.

6.11

.6 O

pera

ting

Inst

ruct

ions

for c

arto

p w

ork

plat

form

8.6.

11.7

Egr

ess

and

Ree

ntry

Proc

edur

e Fr

om W

orki

ng A

reas

8.6.

11.8

Ope

ratin

g In

stru

ctio

nsfo

r Ret

ract

able

Pla

tform

s

Nam

e of

per

son

or fi

rm o

rco

mpa

ny w

ho c

ompl

eted

task

s. If

a s

igna

ture

isPr

int N

ame

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

_Si

gnat

ure

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Initi

als

____

____

____

____

____

___


Pag

e7

of7

c:\d

ocum

e~1\

robi

bevi

\loca

ls~1

\tem

p\no

tese

a312

d\el

ectr

icch

eckl

ist.d

oc

Prin

t Nam

e__

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Sign

atur

e__

____

____

____

____

____

____

_In

itial

s__

____

____

____

____

____

_P

rint N

ame

____

____

____

____

____

____

____

_Si

gnat

ure

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Initi

als

____

____

____

____

____

___

requ

ired

by A

HJ,

sup

ply

spac

e fo

r prin

ted

nam

e,si

gnat

ure

and

initi

als

for

each

mec

hani

c w

hoco

mpl

eted

any

task

or te

stab

ove.

Prin

t Nam

e__

____

____

____

____

____

____

___

Sign

atur

e__

____

____

____

____

____

____

_In

itial

s__

____

____

____

____

____

_


Association Française de Normalisation 11, rue Francis de Préssensé F – 93 571 La Plaine Saint Denis cedex http://www.afnor.fr SIRET 775 724 818 00205

« Lifts, escalators and moving walks » ISO/TC 178 Date: 2011-06-27

Doc. Number: N 750

Assistant: Celia Herold Direct line: + 33 (0)1 41 62 81 45 [email protected]

Your contact: Gaël Chollet-Meirieu Direct line : + 33 (0)1 41 62 84 13 [email protected]

ISO response to disaster in Japan

Message of the ISO Secretary General, M. Rob Steele

COMMENTARIES/

DECISIONS

Dear experts of ISO TC 178, Please find hereafter the message that ISO Secretary General, Rob Steele has addressed to selected ISO TC secretaries. The convenors of the different working groups are asked to transmit this message to their members. WG4, WG5 and WG6 are concerned in priority. You are kindly asked to send your reply to ISO TC 178 secretariat [email protected] before August 5th, 2011.

FOLLOW UP For reply to ISO TC 178 secretariat before August 5th, 2011

SOURCE ISO

ATTACHMENT G Page 1 of 2

Association Française de Normalisation 11, rue Francis de Préssensé F – 93 571 La Plaine Saint Denis cedex http://www.afnor.fr SIRET 775 724 818 00205

ISO response to disaster in Japan Selected TC Chairs and Secretaries, Recent events in Japan and elsewhere in the World have highlighted the need for sound, relevant standards in the area of disaster planning, management and recovery. The ISO Vice-President, Mr. Sadao Takeda, (JSA) has suggested that ISO reviews its portfolio of relevant standards with a view to better coordinating and addressing the lessons learned in planning for, immediate response to and longer-term recovery from such significant disasters. Consequently, we are contacting all committees with work related to the areas of security, construction, transportation, logistics, physical distribution and nuclear energy to ask if you have plans, now or in the future, to review your portfolios in light of the events in Japan and elsewhere. We would be particularly interested in resulting efforts to revise existing standards or develop new standards. We would value any feedback you can provide on this issue by August 17, 2011. Secretaries are kindly requested to also forward this request to your respective subcommittees for input and feedback. The feedback will be compiled and made available to all committees contacted. Thank you in advance, Best regards, Rob Steele and Sadao Takeda ISO Secretary-General ISO Vice-President (Policy)

ATTACHMENT G Page 2 of 2

FORM 5 (ISO) v.2007.1 Page 1 of 2

VOTE ON NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL

Date of circulation 2011-06-29

Reference number ISO/TC 178 / SC N

Closing date for voting 2011-09-27

Member body voting

ISO/TC 178 / SC

Title

Lifts, escalators and moving walks

Circulated to P-members of the committee for vote and to O-members for information. P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee concerned have an obligation to vote.

Secretariat AFNOR

Please send this form, duly completed at all points, to the Secretariat indicated above (not to ISO Central Secretariat). MS Word is advised. NOTE 1 All P members of the committee must vote and complete all questions on this form or their votes may be invalidated and not counted in the decision on this proposal.

Title of proposal English title Fire resistance tests - Lift landing door assemblies

French title (optional)

Essais de résistance au feu - Eléments de construction

1 We agree that a globally relevant International Standard on this subject is feasible and therefore agree to the addition of the proposed new work item to the program of work of the committee:

Yes (If “Yes”, please check one of the following):

a. We agree to the addition of the proposed work item as a preliminary project (stage 0).

b. We agree to advance this item for further development of a working draft within a working group (stage 20).

c. We accept the attached draft document as a working draft for further development within a working group (stage 20).

d. We agree to the circulation of the attached draft document as a Committee Draft (CD)

e. We agree to the circulation of the attached draft document as a Draft International Standard (DIS)

NOTE 2 The latter three options above are applicable only in those cases where an additional vote for adoption of a draft is indicated by the committee secretariat on the ISO Form 4 under the section "Voting information”. Please now complete sections 2, 3 and 4 below and submit vote.

No. Please submit technical reasons under section 3 below and submit vote.

Abstention/Have no interest

ATTACHMENT H Page 1 of 2

Vote on new work item proposal

FORM 5 (ISO) v.2005.1 Page 2 of 2

2 Relevant documents Standard(s), regulation(s), and other relevant documentation existing in our country, with any remarks concerning their application if necessary and consequences for global relevance, as well as copyright information on these documents, are attached:

Yes

No

If "Yes", please give references here, or as a separate annex: 3 Comments Please submit any additional comments that you wish to make, either immediately below or indicate immediately below that you have attached an annex providing additional comments. 4 Participation We are committed to participate actively in the development of the project, at least by commenting on working drafts:

Yes

No

NOTE 3 All P-members voting "Yes" above must nominate an expert or this vote will not be counted. NOTE 4 P-members voting "No" above may nevertheless nominate experts.

Name(s) and contact information of nominated expert(s)

An annex is attached to this form

Member body voting

Date

Name

ATTACHMENT H Page 2 of 2

© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved

Document type: International Standard Document subtype: Document stage: (30) Committee Document language: E C:\Users\Bob\Documents\Data\Word\ISO\WG 9\3008-2\ISO_3008-2_(E),June 2011, CD draft, N022.doc STD Version 2.1c2

ISO TC 92/SC 2 N 022 Date: 2011-06-24

ISO/CD 3008-2

ISO TC 92/SC 2/WG

Secretariat: ANSI

Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies

Essais de résistance au feu – Éléments de construction – Partie 2:French (Lift landing door assemblies)

ATTACHMENT I Page 1 of 32

ISO/CD 3008-2

ii © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved

Copyright notice

This ISO document is a working draft or committee draft and is copyright-protected by ISO. While the reproduction of working drafts or committee drafts in any form for use by participants in the ISO standards development process is permitted without prior permission from ISO, neither this document nor any extract from it may be reproduced, stored or transmitted in any form for any other purpose without prior written permission from ISO.

Requests for permission to reproduce this document for the purpose of selling it should be addressed as shown below or to ISO's member body in the country of the requester:

[Indicate the full address, telephone number, fax number, telex number, and electronic mail address, as appropriate, of the Copyright Manger of the ISO member body responsible for the secretariat of the TC or SC within the framework of which the working document has been prepared.]

Reproduction for sales purposes may be subject to royalty payments or a licensing agreement.

Violators may be prosecuted.


ISO/CD 3008-2

© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved iii

Contents Page

Foreword ............................................................................................................................................................ iv

Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................... v

1 Scope ...................................................................................................................................................... 1

2 Normative references ............................................................................................................................ 1

3 Terms and definitions ........................................................................................................................... 1

4 Test equipment ...................................................................................................................................... 3

5 Test conditions ...................................................................................................................................... 3

6 Test specimen ........................................................................................................................................ 3

7 Conditioning .......................................................................................................................................... 5

8 Clearances ............................................................................................................................................. 5

9 Functionality test ................................................................................................................................... 5

10 Application of instrumentation ............................................................................................................ 5

11 Test procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 8

12 Performance criteria ............................................................................................................................ 13

13 Termination of test .............................................................................................................................. 13

14 Test report ............................................................................................................................................ 14

15 Field of direct application of test results .......................................................................................... 14

Annex A (normative) Description of the canopy and measuring system ................................................... 15

Annex B (normative) Standard supporting construction ............................................................................. 19

Annex C (normative) Verification procedure for leakage rate measurement ............................................. 20

Annex D (normative) Calculation of leakage rate .......................................................................................... 21

Annex E (informative) Extrapolation rule for the leakage rate for higher lift landing door assemblies ........................................................................................................................................... 24

Annex F (informative) Interpreting the leakage rate curve ........................................................................... 25

Annex G (informative) Marking information ................................................................................................... 26


ISO/CD 3008-2

iv © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved

Foreword

ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies (ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO technical committees. Each member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, governmental and non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take part in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.

International Standards are drafted in accordance with the rules given in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2.

The main task of technical committees is to prepare International Standards. Draft International Standards adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an International Standard requires approval by at least 75 % of the member bodies casting a vote.

Attention is drawn to the possibility that some of the elements of this document may be the subject of patent rights. ISO shall not be held responsible for identifying any or all such patent rights.

ISO 3008-2 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 92, Fire Safety, Subcommittee SC 2, Fire Containment.

This second/third/... edition cancels and replaces the first/second/... edition (), [clause(s) / subclause(s) / table(s) / figure(s) / annex(es)] of which [has / have] been technically revised.

ISO 3008 consists of the following parts, under the general title Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies:

Part 1: Door and shutter assemblies

The following part is under preparation:

Part 2: Lift landing door assemblies


ISO/CD 3008-2

© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved v

Introduction

The need for certain lift landing door assemblies to act as a fire barrier against the transfer of a fire via the lift well has been identified. This standard specifies a procedure for this purpose. The standard follows the general principles of ISO 834-1, Fire – resistance tests – Elements of building construction – Part 1: General requirements, where appropriate the principles of ISO 3008-1, Fire – resistance tests – Door and shutter assemblies.

Lift landing doors are not included in the scope of ISO 3008-1.


COMMITTEE DRAFT ISO/CD 3008-2

© ISO 2011 – All rights reserved 1

Fire-resistance tests — Lift landing door assemblies

CAUTION – The attention of all persons concerned with managinig and carrying out this fire-resistance test is drawn to the fact that fire testing may be hazardous and that there is a possibility that toxic and/or harmful smoke and gases may be evolved during the test. Mechanical and operatiponal hazards may also arise during the construction of test elements or structures, their testing and disposal of test residues.

An assessment of all potential hazards and risks to health shall be made by the laboratory and safety precautioins shall be identified and provided. Written safety instructions shall be issued. Appropriate training shall be given to revelant personnel. Laboratory personnel shall ensure that they follow written safety instructions at all times.

1 Scope

This part of ISO 3008 specifies the method of test for determining the fire resistance of lift landing door assemlbies which may be exposed to a fire from the landing side. The procedure applies to all types of lift landing door assemblies used as a means of access to lifts in bulidings and which are intended to provide a fire barrier to the spread of fire via the lift well.

The procedure allows for the measurement of integrity and, if required, the measurement of radiation and thermal insulation.

No requirements other than the verification that the specimen is operational are included for the mechanical conditioning before the test.

2 Normative references

The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.

ISO 834-1, Fire-resistance tests – Elements of building construction – Part 1: General requirements

ISO 3008-1, Fire-resistance test – Part 1 - Door and shutter assemblies

IS0 5167-1, Measurement of fluid flow by means of pressure differential devices inserted in circular cross-section conduits running full – Part 1: General principles and requirements IS0 5221, Air distribution and air diffusion - Rules to methods of measuring airflow rate in an air handling duct. ISO 9705, Fire tests – Full-scale room test for surface products

ISO 13943, Fire safety – Vocabulary

3 Terms and definitions

For the purposes of this document, the following terms and definitions given in ISO 834-1, ISO 3008-1, ISO 13943 and the following apply.


ISO/CD 3008-2

2 © ISO 2011 – All rights reserved

3.1

associated supporting construction

specific construction in which the door assembly is installed as intended for use in practice and which is used to close off the furnace and provide the levels of restraint and thermal heat transfer to be experienced in normal use

3.2

lift-landing door

door designed to be installed in the lift well opening on a landing to provide access to the lift

3.3

door opening

width of the clear opening allowing free passage through the open lift landing door

3.4

door assembly

complete assembly, including any frame or guide, door leaf or leaves, which is provided for access to and from the lift and the landing and includes all panels, hardware, sealing materials and any operating components

3.5

standard supporting construction

form of construction used to close off the furnace and to support the door assembly being evaluated and which has a quantifiable influence on both the thermal heat transfer between the construction and the test specimen and provides known resistance to thermal distortion

3.6

leakage rate

total flow of hot gases passing through openings and gaps of the door assembly, due to overpressure on the landing side


ISO/CD 3008-2


4 Test equipment

4.1 The test equipment and vertical panel furnace referred to in this standard shall be as specified in ISO 834-1.

4.2 The canopy shall be as specified in Annex A.

4.3 The equipment for measuring the leakage rate shall be as specified in Annex A.

4.4 The equipment for measuring heat flux shall be as specified in ISO 3008-1.

5 Test conditions

5.1 The furnace shall be controlled to follow the heating conditions of the standard test as defined in ISO 834-1.

5.2 The furnace shall be controled to maintain a positive pressure on the exposed side over the entire height of the specimen such that the pressure at the sill level is in the range of 2 ± 2 Pa.

6 Test specimen

6.1 Size of specimen

The specimen shall be full size or the maximum size that can be accommodated in the furnace. The typical size of the front opening of the furnace is 3 m 3 m. In order to expose a required minimum width of 200 mm of supporting construction for a typical 3 m 3 m furnace, the opening in the supporting construction is restricted to 2,6 m 2,8 m (width x height). 6.2 Number of specimens

One specimen is required for the test. 6.3 Supporting construction

6.3.1 The standard supporting construction shall be as described in Annex B.

6.3.2 The associated supporting construction shall be representative of the construction into which the test specimen is intended to be installed.

6.4 Installation of specimen

6.4.1 The specimen shall be mounted in a supporting construction having adequate fire resistance. The supporting construction shall be built first within the test frame leaving an aperture of the specified size. The width of the supporting construction on the two vertical sides and the top shall be not less than 200 mm.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Dimensions in millimeters

Key

1) Test specimen

2) Supporting construction

Figure 1 — Specimen with supporting construction

6.4.2 The design of the connection between the door and the supporting construction, including any materials used to make the junction, shall be as used in practice with the type of the supporting construction.

6.4.3 The clearances shall correspond to the maximum that is permissible when the lift landing doors are put into service.


ISO/CD 3008-2


6.5 Verification

6.5.1 The sponsor shall provide a specification to a level of detail sufficient to allow the laboratory to conduct a detailed examination of the specimen before the test and to agree on the accuracy of the information supplied. ISO 834-1 provides detailed guidance on verification of the test specimen.

6.5.2 When the method of construction precludes a detailed survey of the specimen without having to permanently damage it, or if it is considered that it will subsequently be impossible to evaluate construction details from a post-test examination, then one of two options shall be exercised by the laboratory in agreement with the sponsor:

6.5.2.1 either the laboratory shall oversee the manufacture of the lift landing door assembly subjected to the test,

6.5.2.2 or the sponsor shall, at the discretion of the laboratory, be requested to supply an additional assembly or that part of the assembly that cannot be verified in addition to the assembly required for the testing. The laboratory shall then choose freely which of these shall be subjected to the testing and which shall be used to verify the construction.

7 Conditioning

The test specimen as well as the supporting construction and any sealing materilas used, shall be conditioned in accordance with the requirements of ISO 3008-1.

8 Clearances

The clearances between the moving components and the fixed parts of the door assembly shall be measured prior to the test. Sufficient measurements shall be made to adequately describe the nature of the gaps and there shall be a minimum of three measurements along each side or edge. The gap sizes shall be described to an accuracy of ± 0,5 mm. Figure 2 to Figure 5 show different types of lift landing doors and indicate the gaps (g) which need to be recorded. The depth of penetration and safety guides (if any) shall be measured and recorded.

9 Functionality test

Prior to the test, the door shall be checked for functionality by opening and closing to the maximum possible, with a minimum opening of width 150 mm.

10 Application of instrumentation

10.1 Temperature measurements

10.1.1 Furnace-temperature measurement instrument

Plate thermometers shall be provided in accordance with ISO 834-1. They shall be evenly distributed over a vertical plane 100 mm from the nearest plane of the test construction. There shall be at least one plate thermometer for every 1,5 m2 of the exposed surface area of the test construction, subject to a minimum of four. The plate thermometer shall be oriented so that “side A” faces the back wall of the furnace. 10.1.2 Gas temperature measurement

One or more thermocouples shall be provided within a distance of 100 mm to the gas flow measuring system to measure the temperature of the exhaust gases drawn from the canopy. See ISO 5167.


ISO/CD 3008-2


10.1.3 Unexposed–face temperature measurement

10.1.3.1 General

10.1.3.1.1 Where no evaluation against the insulation criteria is required of the door assembly, or any part thereof, no temperature measurements are required.

10.1.3.1.2 Where it is required to evaluate compliance with the insulation criteria, thermocouples of the type specified in ISO 834-1 shall be attached to the unexposed face for the purpose of obtaining the average and maximum surface temperatures.

10.1.3.2 Door leaf (leaves)

10.1.3.2.1 Position five thermocouples per door leaf, one as close as possible to the centre of the door leaf (leaves) and one as close as possible to the centre of each quarter section. These shall not be located closer than 100 mm to any joint, stiffener or through component, nor closer than 100 mm to the edge of the leaf (leaves).

10.1.3.2.2 The number of thermocouples on the door leaves may be restricted to 12, evenly distributed over all door leaves. In the event the door leaf (leaves) are of small size (i.e. less than 400 mm wide) such that the conventional five thermocouples cannot be fixed and/or the 100 mm minimum cannot be respected or the number of thermocouples is exceeding the maximum, then a limited number of thermocouples will be evenly distributed on the centre and diagonals of the clear entrance surface of the door.

10.1.3.2.3 When the total area of a single part of the door assembly is equal or smaller than 0,2 m 2 , it shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining the mean unexposed face temperature.

10.1.3.3 Door frame

10.1.3.3.1 The door frame of lift landing doors can include the following parts; the horizontal top member which may include the door mechanism (on sliding and folding doors), two vertical members and an over panel. No thermocouples shall be placed on the horizontal top member including the door mechanism.

10.1.3.3.2 The side panels and over panels of more than 300 mm width or height shall be provided with one thermocouple for each square meter or part thereof, subject to a minimum of two thermocouples. These thermocouples shall not be located closer than 100 mm to any joint, stiffener or through component, nor closer than 100 mm to the edge of the side/over panel.

10.1.3.3.3 When the height of the over panels or width of the side panels are smaller than 300 mm no thermocouples are required for determining the mean temperature rise.

10.1.3.3.4 The average insulation performance of each area shall be determined.

10.1.4 Position of the thermocouples to determine the maximum temperature

10.1.4.1 Door leaf (leaves)

The maximum temperature shall be determined from the thermocouples fixed to determine the mean temperature rise.


ISO/CD 3008-2


10.1.4.2 Door frame

10.1.4.2.1 The maximum temperature shall be determined from the thermocouples fixed to determine the mean temperature rise.

10.1.4.2.2 For vertical or horizontal members with width or height between 300 mm and equal to or greater than 100 mm only one thermocouple shall be fixed at the centre of each member.

10.1.4.2.3 For vertical or horizontal members with width or height less than 100 mm no temperature measurements are required.

10.2 Pressure measurements

10.2.1 Furnace pressure measurement

The furnace pressure shall be measured as required in ISO 3008–1.

10.2.2 Gas flow pressure measurement

Provision shall be made at the gas flow measuring system to record the presure differential of the meassuring device and the absolute pressure in relation to ambient conditions. The range of the instrument shall be compatible with the flow rate generated by the suction fan. See ISO 5167.

10.3 Gas flow measurement

The gas flow measuring system shall be in complance with ISO 5167. See Figure Annex A for specific requirements. The accuracy of the determination of the leakage rate shall be within 10%.

10.4 CO2 concentration

10.4.1 Furnace

The instrument shall have a range of 0 % to 20 % CO2 concentration and the calibration shall be established prior to the test by using a sample of known concentration. The accuracy of measurement for CO2, i.e. the instruments and the measurement system, shall be within ± 0,5 % CO2. 10.4.2 Gas flow

The instrument shall have a range of 0 % to 2,5 % and the accuracy of measurement shall be within 0,05 % CO2, The instrument shall be checked prior to the test by using a sample of known concentration of CO2 in the range of 1 % to 2,5 %. 10.5 Heat-flux measurement

When required, the heat flux from the unexposed face of the lift landing door shall be mesured as described in ISO 3008-1.

10.6 Deflection

The deflection of the lift landing door assembly shall be measured as described in ISO 3008-1.


ISO/CD 3008-2


11 Test procedure

11.1 Gap measurements

The clearance between moving components and fixed components of the door assembly (e.g. between door leaf/leaves and the frame) shall be measured prior to test. Sufficient measurements shall be made to adequately quantify the gaps. There shall be a minimum of three measurements made along each side, top and bottom of each leaf of the door. Measurements to determine the gaps shall be made at distances not greater than 750 mm apart and shall be given to an uncertainty not exceeding 0,5 mm. Figures 2, 3, 4 and 5 provide guidance for gap measurement locations. The figures do not indicate any features or constructional requirements for lift landing doors. The depth of penetration of any door safety guide, where provided, shall be measured and recorded.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Key g Gap measurement location H Clear height d Deformation measurement location W Clear width

Figure 2 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Single panel swing door


ISO/CD 3008-2



Figure 3 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Double leaf telescopic door


ISO/CD 3008-2



Figure 4 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Central opening door


ISO/CD 3008-2



Figure 5 — Clearance gaps (g) and deformation measurements (d) - Multi sliding door

11.2 Functionality test

The door shall be checked for functionality by opening and closing to the maximum possible, with a minimum opening of width 150 mm.


ISO/CD 3008-2


11.3 Flow measurement verification

The reliability and the adequacy of the leakage rate measurement system shall be established prior to the start of the furnace test according to Annex C using the calibration burner to generate CO2 as shown in Figure C.1. NOTE Provision should be made during the verification test to protect the lift landing doors against heating. 11.4 Fire test

The fire test shall be conducted in compliance with ISO 3008-1 with the following modifications.

11.4.1 The pressure in the furnace shall be such that a positive pressure is maintained over the whole height of the specimen with the pressure at the sill level at a range of 2 ± 2 Pa.

11.4.2 The air flow from the canopy and the CO2 shall be recorded continuously.

12 Performance criteria

12.1 Integrity (E)

12.1.1 Integrity requirements shall be satisfied as long as none of the following occur:

12.1.1.1 Sustained flaming on the unexposed face in excess of 10 s duration.

12.1.1.2 After the first 14 min of the fire test, the leakage rate per meter width of the door opening exceeding 3 m3 / (min - m).

12.1.1.2.1 Transient peaks in the observed leakage rate curve are to be ignored when they are due to fluctuations in the measuring chain and do not correspond to increase in the leakage rate as a result of increasing gaps and dislocation in the specimen.

12.2 Insulation (I)

12.2.1 When insulation requirements apply the insulation criterion l is no longer satisfied when:

12.2.1.1 The average temperature rise exceeds 140 °C.

12.2.1.2 The maximum temperature rise on the door leaf, over panel and side panel with a width 300 mm exceeds 180 °C.

12.2.1.3 The maximum temperature rise on vertical members and/or over panels have a width (vertical members) or height (over panels) of between 100 mm and 300 mm exceeds 360 °C.

12.3 Radiation (R)

When radiation requirements apply the radiation criterion is satisfied until the measured radiation exceeds the value of 15 kW/m2..

13 Termination of test

The test can be terminated for any of the following reasons:


ISO/CD 3008-2


a) Safety of personnel or pending damage to equipment

b) Attainment of selected criteria

c) Request of the sponsor

The test may be continued after b) with the agreement of the sponsor to obtain additional data.

14 Test report

In addition to the items required by ISO 834-1, the following shall also be included in the report:

a) reference that the test was carried out in accordance with ISO 3008-2;

b) details of how the construction of the test specimen was verified;

c) the leakage rate though the door during the fire test;

d) the time and duration of occurance of flaming along with its location;

e) the temperature measurements on the unexposed face of the door as a function of time when measured;

f) the radiation emmision, when measured, as a function of time, and

g) the deflection of the door as a function of time.

15 Field of direct application of test results

Test results in terms of Integrity, and Insulation are considered to be applicable to doors of sizes different from those of the test specimens, all other constructional details being the same, within the following limitations: a) without correction to be applied on the measured leakage rate;

a similar door of lower height than the tested specimen;

a similar door with a door opening or an opening width in the wall equal to the one tested within a range of 30 %.

b) after correcting the measured leakage rate as a function of the increase in height, as specified in Annex D;

a similar door with increased height of up to 15 %. The allowance given in a) and b) can be applied together. If tested in a standard supporting construction, the results are valid for all constructions with a density equal to or greater than 600 kg/m3

and thickness equal to or greater than 100 mm. The results of doors tested with a specific supporting construction different from the standard supporting constructions as described in Annex B are restricted to that specific supporting construction.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex A (normative)

Description of the canopy and measuring system

A.1 Canopy

A.1.1 The canopy shall take the form of a sheet metal box, open at the bottom and fixed on the unexposed side of the furnace to provide a collector for the escape gases emitted from the door under test. Glass fibre curtains shall be located at the front and the side to minimize mixing of the gases with the surrounding air.

NOTE A 3 000 mm wide canopy has been found adequate for door sizes up to 2 600 mm wide.

A.1.2 Adjustable glass fibre fabric screens shall be attached to the front and two sides of the canopy. The depth of the screens shall be adjusted such that the front screen drops 1 500 mm below the front lower edge of the canopy and the side screens shall be down to the sill level of the door under test. Small weights shall be located at the lower edge of the screen to prevent its flapping during a test.

A.1.3 The canopy shall be positioned so that the underside of the baffle is 300 mm above the top edge of the door including any fixing. The door shall be located in its frame to be central in relation to the canopy width.

A.2 Measuring system

A.2.1 A fan shall be provided to extract the gases collecting near the top of the canopy. A monitoring system utilizing an orifice plate or other equivalent system shall provide a means for measuring the flow rate of gases, their temperature and the CO2 concentration. The leakage rate from the door shall be calculated by comparison with the CO2 concentration of the furnace atmosphere.

NOTE For normal two leaf door a fan of 2 500 m3/h capacity has been found to be adequate


ISO/CD 3008-2


A.2.2 The general arrangement of the system shall conform to Figure A.1 and canopy details shall conform to Figure A.2. The canopy shall be fabricated from sheet metal, 1,0 mm to 1,5 mm in thickness, with suitable facilities for attaching it to the face of the furnace or the supporting construction such that the junction is gas tight. Inside the canopy, at a distance of 150 mm below the top, a (15 ± 5) mm thick calcium silicate sheet shall be attached to act as a baffle. There shall be a clearance of 50 mm on three sides between the baffle and the canopy shell for the flow of the gases. At the top of the canopy, in a central position, an outlet for a metal duct, at least 200 mm in diameter, shall be provided to connect to a suitable exhaust fan.

A.2.3 The extract ducting shall be provided with a device for measuring mass gas flow, of a design complying with the specifications in ISO 5167-1 and ISO 5221, to measure the velocity of gases passing through the duct. Instrumentation shall be provided to make the following measurements:

A.2.3.1 In the furnace:

A.2.3.1.1 CO2 concentration up to 10% concentration.

A.2.3.2 At the gas flow measuring point:

A.2.3.2.1 CO2 concentration up to 1% concentration.

A.2.3.2.2 The gas temperature.

A.2.3.2.3 The gas pressure.

A.2.3.2.4 The pressure difference over the flow measuring device.

A.2.4 The total length of the duct shall not be excessive and it shall have a long straight portion each side of the gas flow measuring device as specified in the ISO 5167-1 and ISO 5221.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Key

1 Furnace 6 Test door

2 Orifice plate 7 Pressure

3 Exhaust pipe 8 Temperature

4 Canopy 9 Instrumentation

5 Curtain 10 Fan

Figure A.1 — General arrangement


ISO/CD 3008-2


Key

1 Baffle 4 Door

2 Exhaust pipe 5 Curtain

3 Canopy 6 Sill level

Figure A.2 — Canopy details


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex B (normative)

Standard supporting construction

The standard supporting construction shall be blockwork, masonry or homogeneous concrete wall with an overall density of 1 200 ± 400 kg/m3 and a thickness of 200 ± 50 mm.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex C (normative)

Verification procedure for leakage rate measurement

Before the fire test on a lift landing door, the operation and the accuracy of the measuring system shall be verified by a 10 min preheat period followed by a 5 min measurement period.

A burner, an example of which is shown in Figure C.1, shall be placed below the canopy near mid-height of the lift landing door. The burner shall conform to ISO 9705 with a heat output of up to 300 kW.

The burner shall be supplied with propane gas at the normalized rate of 1,36 l/s to produce CO2 at the rate of 0,25 m3/min (i.e. 15 m 3 /h = 0,00416 m 3 /s). Using the relationship in equation (2) of Annex D, the flow rate and CO2 concentration shall be established. The flow rate of CO2 production shall be controlled with a mass flow controller or by measuring weight loss.

Action shall be taken to reduce any difference between the theoretical and measured flow rate and CO2

concentration of more than 10 % (i.e. q CO2 measured < 13,5 m 3 /h or > 16,5 m 3 /h). When the difference is lower than 10 % (i.e. 13,5 m 3 /h ≤ q CO2 measured ≤ 16,5 m 3 /h), the leakage rate of the test shall be corrected for this difference.

The test specimen shall be protected from the burner during this verification procedure.

Key

1 Plan view 4 Gravel

2 Sectional evaluation 5 Brass wire gauze

3 Sand 6 Gas supply

Figure C.1 — Example of a standard calibration burner


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex D (normative)

Calculation of leakage rate

D.1 Initial calculation of leakage rate

D.1.1 During the course of a test the following measurements shall be made to establish the leakage rate through the specimen door: D.1.1.1 CO2 concentration in the furnace Cfurn (%)

D.1.1.2 CO2 concentration in the duct at the orifice plate Corif (%)

D.1.1.3 Pressure at top of door in the furnace pfurn (Pa)

D.1.1.4 Pressure differential across the orifice plate p (Pa)

D.1.1.5 Under pressure at orifice plate porif (Pa)

D.1.1.6 Ambient pressure in the laboratory pamb (Pa)

D.1.1.7 Temperature of gases at the orifice Torif (°C)

D.1.1.8 Sectional area of the exhaust duct A (m2)

D.1.2 The gas flow at the orifice shall be established from the orifice plate characteristics either on the basis of the information given in ISO 5221 or that supplied by the orifice plate manufacturer. This provides a constant k for the orifice plate assembly from which the flow rate qvo is established as follows:

(1)

Where: T0, p0 and ρ0 are reference temperature, pressure and density conditions. If reference conditions of 20⁰C, 1,2045 kg/m3 and 101 325 Pa are chosen, equation (1) becomes:

(2)

D.1.3 The leakage rate, qvleak, for the lift landing door assembly shall be calculated as below:

Error! Objects cannot be created from editing field codes. (3)

Where Cfl = measured CO

al theoreticCO

2

2

q

q


ISO/CD 3008-2


with:

al theoreticCO2q : theoretical CO2-flow rate in m³/s;

measured CO2q : CO2-flow rate in m³/s, measured during the flow measurement

D.2 Pressure correction

D.2.1 The estimated leakage rate shall be corrected for the pressure variation in the furnace from that specified as standard i.e. 20 Pa. This gives the corrected leakage rate, qvcorr, for the lift landing door.

(4)

where: Pfurn is the pressure in the furnace at the top of the door. NOTE The furnace pressure at the top of the door is expected to be 20 Pa. D.2.2 The corrected leakage rate obtained by equation (4) shall be reported as the leakage rate for the lift landing door either as a continuous curve or at a specified classification time.

D.2.3 Figure D.1 provides an explanatory diagram for pressure correction.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Key

A Top of the lift door

B Sill

C (Pa)

H Clear height of the door

1 Range of fluctuations of the pressures in the furnace at this height

Figure D.1 — Explanatory diagram for pressure correction

D.2.4 The lines in Figure D.1 represent the pressure in the furnace assuming a constant pressure/height gradient of 8 Pa/m and the prescribed pressure of 2 Pa at sill level. In practice the furnace pressure (dark line) will vary between the dotted parallel lines. A higher furnace pressure will create a higher leakage rate and a lower furnace pressure will create a lower leakage rate resulting in a need to correct to a standardized condition.

D.2.5 It has been shown by previous tests that the best correction of the leakage rate is obtained for the height corresponding with the gravity point of the triangle with the full line diagram and the Y axis (2/3 of the total height). A correction of the leakage rate at sill level can lead to a correction of 100% (if the pressure is twice the prescribed) while the pressure at the top would lead to a correction of only some percentage.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex E (informative)

Extrapolation rule for the leakage rate for higher lift landing door

assemblies

The leakage rate, measured on the tested door and corrected for furnace pressure, should be corrected for pressure at the height at which each individual opening is present, because the pressure at the height of the opening influences the leakage of furnace gases. In practice this is impossible. The leakage rate to be used for the extrapolation for higher doors is the corrected leakage rate multiplied by a factor, which is equal to the ratio of the theoretical pressure at 2/3 of the height of the clear opening of the height of the lift landing door to be assessed and the theoretical pressure at 2/3 of the height of the clear opening of the height of the tested lift landing door, taking into account a pressure of 2 Pa at sill level and a pressure/height gradient of 8.0 Pa/m.

NOTE The height of 2/3 of the clear opening of the lift landing door corresponds with the gravity point of the triangle with the full line in the diagram and the Y axis (2/3 of the total height). This leads to a levelled correction of the leakages over the total height of the lift landing door.

The leakage rate used for extrapolation qvextrapolation is:

q v extrapolation =

corr

Where: Hextrapolation : height of the clear opening of the door for which the extrapolation is sought; Htested : height of the clear opening of the door submitted to the test.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex F (informative)

Interpreting the leakage rate curve

The different measurements for leakage rate in the measurement chain can have different time lags and different frequencies of recording. The measurements are: (1) CO2 content in the furnace, (2) CO2 content in the duct, (3) pressures in the furnace, (4) pressure differential over the flow measuring device, and (5) temperature in the duct.

The time lags are a function of the response time or the time between a real physical change and the time when this change is recorded. The measurements need to be corrected for this time shift for the purpose of decreasing the noise or peaks not corresponding to real changes in the leakage rate curve in the calculations described in Annexes,

Differences in frequencies of sampling, measuring or recording, can also lead to an increase in noise or to interference which creates peaks when calculating the leakage rate. This effect can be reduced, using an appropriate smoothing technique. It is the responsibility of the laboratory to characterize its measurement system (e.g. using a Fast Fourier Transform on the measurement and the results of calculation). To improve the accuracy of the leakage rate curve, actions can be taken by adjusting the measurement (e.g. electronic damping or changing frequencies) or by mathematical actions (e.g. damping, weighted averaging). Care has to be taken that smoothing does not hide real changes in leakage. The report can include both curves of leakage rate: the curve with and without smoothing.


ISO/CD 3008-2


Annex G (informative)

Marking information

The unexposed side (lift shaft side) of the door frame assembly (upright, header or sill support making up the door frame) shall be permanently fitted (riveted or screwed) with a data plate with information including the following permanently marked (stamped, engraved on the plate).

a) manufacturer (name and address or trade mark and address, b) the model or type of door, c) the serial number if relevant to identify the product, d) the name or LOGO of the laboratory that conducted the test. e) the certification number or test report number issued by the test laboratory, f) the references of the test method (standard used) used, g) the fire classification achieved during test (1hour integrity, insulation 0)

The data plate may carry marking or information relating to other tests the door has been successfully tested against provided this information is clearly separated from the above to avoid any confusion.


,,7G.,-rso'=.-

=

NEW WORK ITEM PROPOSAL

Date of presentation

June 28, 20 1 1

Reference number(to be given by the Secretariat)

lso/Tc s2 tsc z N szzR. Berhinig

Secretarial

ANSI

A proposal for a new work item within the scope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of that committee with a copy tothe Central Secretariat and, in the case of a subcommittee, a copy to the secretariat of the parent technical committee. Proposals not within thescope of an existing committee shall be submitted to the secretariat of the ISO Technical Management Board.

The proposer of a new work item may be a member body of lSO, the secretariat itself, another technical committee or subcommittee, ororganization in liaison, the Technical Management Board or one of the advisory groups, or the Secretary-General.The proposal will be circulated to the P-members of the technical committee or subcommittee for voting, and to the O-members for information.

See overleaf for guidance on when to use this form.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Proposals without adequate justification risk rejection or referral to originator.Guidelines for proposing and justifying a new work item are given overleaf.

Proposal (to be completed by the proposer)

Titleof proposal (inthecaseofanamendment,revisionoranewpartofanexistingdocument,showthereferencenumberandcurrenttitle)

English title Fire-r'esistance tests - Part 2: Lift landing door assemblies

French title(if available)

Scope of proposed project

The proposed project is to plepare a new ISO fire test standard to measure the fire l'esistance oflitl landing door assen.rblics.

Concerns known patented items (see ISO/lEC Directives Part 1 for important guidance)

! Ves X No lf "Yes", provide full information as annex

Envisaged publication type (indicate one of the following, if possible)

X International Standard ! Technical Specification n puOticty Available Specification I Technical Report

Purpose and justification (attach a separate page as annex, if necessary)

The project is to be aioint working gfoup effolt between TC92|SC2 and TC178 with open men.rbership. TC92/SC2 is tohave adn'rinistrative responsibilities. The project was initially approved in February 2008 with a vote of 11 approval, 0 nonapproval and 7 abstentions. However, a working draft was not prepared in a timely rlanner and the pro.ject rvrs notactivated. A dralt is included with this ballot fbr submission for enouirv vote (DIS).

Target date for availability (date by which publication is considered to be necessary)

Proposeddevelopmenttrack[ 1(24months) X 2(36months-default) ! 3(4Bmonths)

Relevant documents to be consideredISO DTR 257 42, Study of the rnethods used for fire testing lift lar.rding doors.

Relationship of project to activities of other international bodies

Liaison organizationsNone

Need for coordination with:

I rrc I crr.r n otr,"r. (ptease specify)

Preparatory work (at a minimum an outline should be included with the proposal)

f, n Oraft is attached I nn outiine is attached. lt is possible to supply a draft by

The proposer or the proposer's organization is prepared to undertake the preparatory work requireO f, Ves E ruo

Proposed Project Leader (name and address)

R. Belhinig

13 I 0 N. Chestnut Ave.

Arlington Heights, IL 60004

USA

Name and signature ofthe Proposer(include contact information)

R. Berhinig

FORM4(lSO) v2007.1 Page 1 of 2

ATTACHMENT J Page 1 of 2

New work item proposal

Comments of the TC or SC SecretariatSupplementary information relating to the proposalX This proposal relates to a new ISO document;

f This proposal relates to the amendment/revision of an existing rso document;I rhis proposal relates to the adoption as an active project of an item currenfly registered as a preliminary work ltem;t] This proposal relates to the re-establishment of a cancelled project as an active proiect.Other:

Voting informationThe ballot associated with this proposal comprises a vote on:

X Adoption ofthe proposal as a new project

! Adoption of the associated draft as a committee draft (CD)

x Adoption of the associated draft for submission for the enquiry vote (Drs or equivarent)Other:

Date of circulation

June 28, 201 I

Closing date for voting

Septernber 28,2011

Signature of the TC or SC Secretarv

Annex(es) are included with this proposal (give details)

Use this form to propose:

Guidelines on the completion of a proposal for a new work item(see also the ISO/lEC Directives part 1)a) Title: Indicate the subject of the proposed new work item.b) scope: Give a clear indication of the coverage of the proposed new work item. Indicate, for example, if this is a proposal for a new document,or a proposed change (amendment/revision). lt is often helpful to indicate what is not covered (exclusions).

:*H',,"#3L11?l;iJJ:l, tto"' Details of the tvpes of ISo deliverable avaitabte are given in rhe tSo/lEC Directives, parr 1 and/or the

d) Purpose and justification: Give details based on a criticai study of the following elements wherever practicabre. whereverposslblereference shourd be made to information contained in the retated rc Business pran.1) The specific aims and reason for the standardization activity, with particular emphasis on the aspects of standardjzation to be covered, theproblems it is expected to solve orthe difficulties it is intended to overcome.2) The main interests that might beneflt from or be affected by the activity, such as indusrry, consumers, trade, governments, djstributors.3) Feasibility ofthe activity: Are there factors that could hinder the successful eslablishment or gtobal application of the standard?4) Timeliness of the standard to be produced: ls the technoiogy reasonably stabilized? lf not, how much time js tjkely to be available before:iltrt?ffillT;::rT;lr*nder the proposed standard ortloit"dz r' th"'p;C;;;d standard required .' . Luri. ror the ruture deveropmen.

5) urgency of the activity, considering the needs of other flelds or organizations. Indicate target date and, when a series of standards isproposed, suggest priorities.6) The benefits to be gained by the implementation of the proposed standard; arternativery, the ross or disadvantage(s) it no standard isestablished within a reasonable time. Data such as product volume or value of trade shoutd be included and quantified.

;L',t"tj,H:Tt"'dization activity is, or is likely to be, the subject of regulations or to require the harmonizatron of existing regutations, this shoutd

lf a series of new work items is proposed having a common purpose and justification, a common proposal may be drafted including all elementsto be clarified and enumerating the tifles and scopes of each individuar item.e) Relevant documents and their effects on global relevancy: List any known relevant documents (such as standards and regulations),regardless of their source when the proposer considers that an existing well-estabtished document may be acceptabre as a slandard (with orwithout amendment), indicate this with appropriate justification and attaci

" ";ti; il; proposar.f) cooperation and liaison: List relevant organizations or bodies with which cooperation and liaison should exist.

FORM 4 (lSO) v.2007.1Page 2 of 2ATTACHMENT J

Page 2 of 2

nationalelevatorindustry.org · 2019-08-23 · National Elevator Industry, Inc. CODE & SAFETY...

Documents

Transcript of nationalelevatorindustry.org · 2019-08-23 · National Elevator Industry, Inc. CODE & SAFETY...